Skip to main content

Full text of "Catalogue"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



/ 



^ 



Digitize 






by Google 



100 Adrisnoe, Mr. J. S. 
09 AdriuMse, Dr. V. 
46a A<axd, Praf. H. L. 
42 Asaikia. Mr. F. 
44 AUem Fhrf. 8. E. 

79 BcOl. Phrf. J. W. 

58 Brinamade, Ptof . J. P. 

68 Bufllntoii, Prof. A. H. 

46 Clark, Praf. D. T. 

101 Clarke. Prof. 8. F. 
22 ddaad, Praf. H. F. 

9 Cm, Mr. A. L. 

9 Cra, Praf. J.N. 

46 Defemri, Mr. H. A. 
46» DidDHnnaa, Praf. 8. O. 

85 Doughty, Praf . W. H. 

13 Droppera, Praf. O. 

67 Dnttoo, Praf. G. B. 

78 Eaton. Mr. V. E. 

80 Fu]lt,Mr.F. W. 

49 Oalbraith, Prof . J. 8. 

24 Qarfiekl, Pnakiattt 

81 Goodiieh, Phrf . F. 
71 Haidy, Praf. J. Q. 
11 Hsrt,Mr.W.C. 

80 Hewitt, Praf. T. B. 
67a Hoar, Praf. C. 8. 
16 Hoirard, Dr. F. H. 

82 HoiPea, Phrf. O. E. 
86a HoiaejrHall 

1 Hoyt,Mr.W.E. 
88 Hubbaid, Mr. C. C. 
82 Johnion, Praf. C. W. 
34 KeUosg, Prof. J. L. 
19 ffios,Praf.J. F. 

78 Liddider, Praf . A. H. 

88 LoBg, Praf. O. W. 

88 Many, Praf. C. L. 

78 MaeCbrthy, Mr. Q. R. 

2 McLaren, Praf. W. W. 

81 MeElfreBh, Prof . W. E. 
58a MeWiniama, Dr. N. 



108 Mean, Praf. B. 
87 Milham. Prof. W. I. 

51 Morton, Prof. A. H. 
92 Oabome. Miae L. E. 
21 Pratt, Prof. J. B. 

92 Price, MiaaC. 

38 Proctor, Praf . T. H. 
2 Rice, Praf . J. P. 

52 Salter, Mr. 8. 

33 See]«y, Mr. C. F. 

9 Shepard, Prof. E. I. 
84 Smedley, Mr.P.A. 
78 Smith, Mr. J. B. 
70 Smith, Prof . T. C. 
78 Ttah,Mr.C. A. 
83 Teeoaeh, Mr. H. W. 
72 T^ykr, Prof . R. L. 

8 Wahl, Prof. O. M. 
10 Weeton, Prof . K. E. 
48 Wetmore, Prof . M. N. 
43 Whitman, Mr. F. W. 
27a Wild, Prof. H. D. 
66 BaaebaUCage 

57 BerkahireHaU 
26 ChapinHaU 
56 CuirierHall 

61 EaatCoUete 

77 Edward Clark Hall 
60 Fayerweather Hall 

93 Field Memorial 

Obaerratory 

63 Goodrich HaU 
87 GriflhiHan 

64 Gymnaaium 

22a Hayttaok Monument 
59 Heating Plant 
35 HopkinaHaU 

58 Hopkina CMbaervatory 
20 Infirmary 

74 JeaupHall 

62 libraiy 



75 Morgan Hall 

36 Thompaon Chapel 

79 Thompaon Biologica] 

Labomtoiy 

80 Thompaon Qhftmical 

Laboratoiy 

78 Thompaon Phyaieal 

Laboratoiy 

76 Weet College 
23 WilliamaHall 

22b Williama Hall Annex 

78 Faculty Club 

97 A. A. 4. Houae 
96 B.e.n. Houae 

90 A. K.E. Houae 
5 A. T. Houae • 

98 Z.!". Houae 
14 e. A. X. Houae 

3 K. A. Lodge 
27 2. «. Place 

4 «.r.A.Hou8e 

91 «. A. 6. Houae 
102 «. 2. KHouae 

89 X SE". Lodge 

18 'i'.T. Houae 

99 St. Anthony Hall 
54 Baptiat Church 

25 Congregational Church 

12 Epiacopal Church 

56 Methodiat Church 

40 Roman Catholic Church 

7 Qreylock Hotel 

95 Pilgrim Inn 

30 Williamalnn 



s} 



Williama Inn, Annex 

69 National Bank 

65 PoatOfBce 

69 SaTingaBank 

39 St. Railway Terminua 

94 Taconic Golf Club 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



CATALOGUE 



OF 



Williams College 



I9«i-i9e« 



^1, 



WlLUAMBTOWN, MaBB. 

PUBUSHED BY THE COLLEGE 
1921 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



1921 



JULY 



S MIT WT F S 



19 20 
26 1 27 



t 

7 

H 15 
21 22 

2S29 



AUGUST 



S MT WT F 



2 3 

9|10 

617 

JSi24 



SEPTEMBER 



1922 



JANUARY 



SIM TIW T F S 



2 3 

9 10 
16117 
2 J 24 
30131 



JULY 



FEBRUARY 



S M T WTtFjS 



20[21 
2728 



24 



S M T W T F 



7 
14 

2132 
28 



S MIT WT F S 



7 

2iJ24 
30131 



4 5 

u n 

JS 19 
25^26 



AUGUST 



MARCH 



S M T WT F[S 



MIT W TIF S 



1 

7 S 



3 4 
10 il 12 

17 IS'" 
24 25 
311 



1923 



JANUARY 



SEPTEMBER 



S M T Wt F S 



26 29 



M T WIT F 



7 B 

14[l» 
2r22 

2S29 



3 4 

10 

I7lfi 
24 25 
31 



FEBRUARY 



M T W T F 



MARCH 



MT WT F 



OCTOBER 



APRIL 



OCTOBER 



APRIL 



SIM TIWT W S 



2\ 3 

mo 

1617 
23 24 
30|31 



4 5 
1112 

IS 19 
25 26 



NOVEMBER 



S M TIWIT F S 



3 4 

10 11 
17 IK 

24125 



54 6 

U|I3 
19 20 

26127, 



MT WT F 



MAY 



S M T W TIF S 



1 

7 8 



24 



3 
10 
17 18 



25 



S M T W T F S 



1 2 

8 9 

15 16 

22 23 

29 30 



IS 



24 25 

311 



6 7 
13 14 
20f2l 
27 2S 



M T W T F 



NOVEMBER 



S M T W T F 



S 6 
2 13 



24 



17 18 



25 



II 12 

IS 19 
25,26 



5 « 



13 14 

20 2J 
27 2fi 



MAY 



M T W T F S 



8 9 



29! 30 



DECEMBER 



JUNE 



DECEMBER 



S MIT W T F S 



25 



JUNE 



5| 6 
12113 
19 20 
26 27 



1 

S 
t4|]5 

21 22 
28 29 



S M T W TIF S 



2 

9 

15]16 
22 23 
29 30 



M T W TfF 



S MT WT F S 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



CALENDAR 

1921-1922 



1021 

June 20 — Commencement Monday 

July 1 — ^Last day for re-application for scholarships Friday 

Summer Vacation 

Sept. 9-14— Examinations for admission Fri., Sat., Mon., Tues., Wed. 

Sept. 14-15 — ^Registration of all classes Wed., Thurs. forenoon 

Sept. 16 — ^Beginning of the College Tear Thursday 

Oct. 6 — ^Last day for registration for the Master's Degree Wednesday 

Oct. 6— Meeting of the Board of Trustees Thursday 

Oct. 12 — Mountain Day, a holiday Wednesday 

Nov. 23— Warnings due Wednesday 

Nov. 23-26— Thanksgiving Recess Wed. noon to Fri. 1:00 

Dec. 21 — Christmas Recess Begins 4:00 p. m. Wednesday 

1922 

Jan. 6 — Christmas Recess Ends 7:46 a. m. Thursday 

Jan. 9-14 — ^Registration for the second semester Mon. through Sat. 

Jan. 20— Recitations end Friday 

Jan. 21 — Feb. 1 — Semi-annual examinations Sat. through Wed. 

Feb. 2, 3, 4— Mid-year Recess Thurs., Fri., Sat. 

Feb. 4 — ^First semester ends Saturday 



Feb. 5 — Second semester begins Sunday 

Feb. 22— A holiday (Washington's Birthday) Wednesday 

Apr. 5 — ^Warnings due Wednesday 

Apr. 6— Spring Recess Begms 4:00 p. m. Wednesday 

Apr. 13 — Spring Recess Ends 7:46 a. m. Thursday 

May 4 — Meeting of the Board of Trustees Thursday 

May 30 — ^A holiday (Memorial Day) Tuesday 

May 31 — ^Recitations end Wednesday 

June 1-12 — Semi-annual examinations Thurs. through Mon. 

June 16 — ^Meeting of the Board of Trustees Friday 

June 16 — Graves Prize Speaking Friday forenoon 

3 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



4 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

June 16 — Class Day exerdses Friday afternoon 

June 16 — ^Prize Rhetorical Exhibition Friday evening 

June 17 — ^Alunmi Meeting Saturday forenoon 

June 18 — ^Baccalaureate Sermon Sunday forenoon 

June 18 — Mission Park Meeting Sunday afternoon 

Jime 19 — Commencement Monday 

June 19-24 — ^Examinations for admission Mon. through Sat. 

July 1 — ^Last day for re-application for scholarships Saturday 

SuiiMER Vacation 

Sept. 15-20 — ^Examinations for admission Fri., Sat., Mon., Tues., Wed. 

Sept. 20-21 — ^Registration of all classes Wed., Thurs. forenoon 

Sept. 21— Begimiing of the College Tear Thursday 

Oct. 6 — ^Last day for registration for the Master's Degree Thursday 

Oct. 5 — ^Meeting of the Board of Trustees Thursday 



1923 
June 25 — Commencement Monday 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Map Frontispiece 

College Calbndab 3 

List op Presidents 7 

Board op Trustees 8 

Committees op the Board op Trustees. 9 

Alxtmni Oppicers 10 

Oppicers op Instruction 11 

Oppicers op Administration 16 

Faculty Committees 17 

Historical Sketch op the College 19 

Charter op the Free School 19 

Legislative Grant to the Free School 23 

Charter op the College 23 

Legislative Grants to the College 26 

Principal College Bxtildings 28 

Requirements por Admission 30 

Details op Subjects 32 

Arrangement op Examinations 62 

College Entrance Examination Board 63 

Comprehensive Examinations 66 

Pbeuminart Examinations 66 

Adbossion bt Certipicate 66 

Anticipation op College Coxtrses 68 

Graduation in Three Years 69 

Admission to Advanced Standing 69 

Curriculum: 

General Description 60 

Requirements by Years 61 

Grades 62 

Completion op Courses 62 

Graduation 62 

Bachelor op Arts 62 

Groups op Hours 63 

Exhibit op Freshman Studies 64 

Special Requirements within Major Groups 66 

Exhibit op Divisions and Groups 66 

Final Examination Schedule 69 

6 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



6 WILUAM8 COLLEGE 

CotFR0E8 OF Instruction: 

DlYISION 1 71 

Division II 81 

Division III 95 

Physical Training 106 

Order and Discipline 107 

Honor System 107 

Registration 107 

Attendance on College Exercises 108 

Records and Reports 108 

Master op Arts 108 

PuBUC Worship 112 

Preachers to the College 112 

Library 113 

Laboratories 114 

Observatories 115 

Geological Museum 116 

Auditorium 117 

Gymnasium 117 

Field Sports 117 

College Infirmary 118 

Thompson Course of Entertainments 118 

Classical Society 119 

Pm Beta Kappa 119 

Honors 119 

Prizes 120 

Clark Prize Scholarships 125 

Williams College Greek Fellowship 126 

Scholarships 128 

Scholarship Funds 129 

Expenses 132 

College Rooms 134 

Commons 136 

Williams Inn 136 

Holders op Scholarships 137 

Prizes Awarded at Commencement, 1921 139 

Honors Awarded at Commencement, 1921 143 

Degrees Conferred in 1921 144 

Students 147 

Summaries 163 

Alphabetical List of Names 164 

Form of Bequest 173 

Index 174 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



PRESIDENTS 



Rev. EBENEZER FITCH, D.D., 1793-1815 

Rev. ZEPHANIAH SWIFT MOORE, D.D., 1815-1821 

Rev. EDWARD DORR GRIFFIN, D.D., 1821-1836 

Rev. mark HOPKINS, D.D., 1836-1872 

Hon. PAUL ANSEL CHADBOURNE, D.D., LL.D., 1872-1881 

FRANKLIN CARTER, Ph.D., LL.D., 1881-1901 

JOHN HASKELL HEWITT, LL.D., Acting President, 1901-1902 

Rev. henry HOPKINS, D.D., LL.D., 1902-1908 

HARRY AUGUSTUS GARFIELD, L.H.D., LL.D., 1908- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



TRUSTEES 



HARRY AUGUSTUS GARFIELD, L.H.D., LL.D. 

PRESIDENT 

BENTLEY WIRT WARlfeN, B.A., Borton 

Rev. harry PINNEO DEWEY, D.D., Minneapolis, Minn. 

Prbsidbnt henry LEFAVOUR, Ph.D., LL.D., Boston 

Professor BLISS PERRY, L.H.D., Lrrr.D., Lt.D., Cambridge 

Hon. CLARK WILLIAMS, B.A., New York, N. Y. 

SOLOMON BULKLEY GRIFFIN, L.H.D., LL.D., Springfield 

WILLIAM PRATT SIDLEY, M.A., Chicago, lU. 

ALFRED CLARK CHAPIN, LL.D., New York, N. Y. 

FRANCIS HENSHAW DEWEY, M.A., Worcester 

FRANKLIN HUBBELL MILLS, B.A., New York, N. Y. 

HALE HOLDEN, B.A., Chicago, lU. 

FREDERIC TAYLOR WOOD, B.A., New York, N. Y. 

HERBERT JENKINS BROWN, B.A,, Portland, Maine 

QUINCY BENT, B.A., South Bethlehem, Pa. 

CHARLES THADDEUS TERRY, LL.B., New York, N. Y. 

DANFORTH GEER, B.A., Hoosick Falls, N. Y. 

WILLARD EVANS HOYT, M.A. 
bbcretart and treasurer 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



TRUSTEE COMMITTEES 



FINANCE COMMITTEE 

Alfred C. Chapin, Chairman Wiluam P. SmusT 

Clabk Williamb Hebbebt J. Bbown 



INSTRUCTION COMMITTEE 

Henbt Lefavoub, Chairman Solomon B. Gbiffdi 

Bliss Pbrrt DanforthGebr 



GROUNDS, BUILDINGS, AND IMPROVEMENTS COMMITTEE 

Bentlbt W. Warren, Chairman Frederic T. Wood 

Francis H. Dewet Quincy Bent 

DEGREES AND MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE 

ELkRRT P. Dewet, Chairman Hale Holden 

Franklin H. Mills Charles T. Terry 



The oorporate name of the college is 
The President and Trustees of Williams College. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



ALUMNI OFFICERS 



Pbbsident— William B. Buss, Jr., New York City, Class of 1897 
Vjcb-Prbsident — ^Lewis Pebrt, Exeter, N. H., Class of 1898 
Sbcretart — ^E. Herbert Botsford, Williamstown, Class of 1882 
Editor of the Alumni Review — 

E. Herbert Botsford, Williamstown, Class of 1882 



EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 

Frederick Geller, New York City, Class of 1883 
George F. Perkins, Jr., New York City, Class of 1895 
Philip Dunbar, Boston, Class of 1900 
Gilbert Horrax, Boston, Class of 1909 
E. Herbert Botsford, ex^fficio 

Central Office 
Room 15, Jesup Hall, Williams College 



ADVISORY COUNCIL 

Chairman—Fbbderick Geller, New York City, Class of 1883 
Vicb-Chatrman — John Milton Ejllitb, Toledo, O., Class of 1880 
Secbbtabt and Tebasubbr— James Frederick Bacon, Boston, Class of 1898 



THE LOYALTY FUND ASSOCIATION 

Chairman— Frederick Geller, New York City, Class of 1883 
Vicb-Chair»£AN— William McM. Rxttter, Chicago, 111., Class of 1899 
Secretabt and Treasttrbr — 

E. Herbert Botsford, Williamstown, Class of 1882 

10 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION! 



Habbt Augustus Gabvzeld, L.H.D., LL.D. 212 Main St. 

President 

Samuel Fessendbn Clabke, Ph.D. 50 South St. 

Professor of Natural History y Emeritus 

RiCHAXtD Austin Rice, M.A. Washington, D. C. 

Prcfessor of the History of Art and CivUizaiion, Emeritus 

Frank Goodrich, Ph.D., L.H.D. College Place 

Professor of European History 

George Morttz Wahl, L.H.D. 236 Main St. 

Professor of the Oerman Language and Literature, Emeritus 

Henrt Daniel Wild, L.H.D. College Place 

MassachfuseUs Professor of the Latin Language and Literature 

Aba Henrt Morton, L.H.D. 144 Main St. 

Barclay Jermain Professor of Natural Theology 

Carroll Lewis Maxct, M.A. 22 Hoxsey St. 

Morris Professor of Rhetoric 

Willis Isbister Milham, Ph.D. 24 Hoxsey St. 

Field Memorial Professor of Astronomy 

James Lawrence Kellogg, Ph.D. College Place 

Professor of Biology 

Theodore Clarke Smith, Ph.D. Grace Court 

/. Leland Miller Prqfessor of American History, Literature, and Eloquence 

Herdbcan Fitzgerald Cleland, Ph.D. Lynde Lane 

Edward Brust Prcfessor of Geology and Mineralogy 

William Edward McEltresh, Ph.D. 40 Grace Court 

Thomas T. Read Professor of Physics 

t Amnsed in the order of appointment to rank. 

11 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



12 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

GsoBGB Edwin Howes, Ph.D. CoUegB PlAoe 

Dean andi Garfield Professor of Ancient Languoffes 

Jambs Graham Habdt, Ph.D. 16 Grace Court 

Professor of MaihemaUcs 

Fbbdbbic Hollis Howard, M.D. 61 Park St. 

Professor of PhysioHogy 

Garrett Droppers, Ph.D. 25 Park St. 

Orrin Sage Professor of PoliHcal Economy 

Karl Ephraim Weston, M.A. 226 Main St. 

Professor of the History of Art and CioiUzation 

Monroe Nichols Wetmore, Ph.D. 21 Moorland St. 

Professor of Latin 

Robert Longley Taylor, Ph.D. 50 Grace Court 

Professor qf the Romance Languages 

James Bissett Pbatt, Ph.D. Lynde Lane 

Mark Hopkins Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy 

Wai/tbr Wallace McLaren, Ph.D. Fort Hoosac Place 

A . Barton Hepburn Professor of Economics 

William Howard Doughty, Jr., LL.B. Elscot 

Professor of Chwemment 

Brainebd Mbabs, Ph.D. 71 South St* 

Professor of Chemistry 

Shbbwood Owen Digkebman, Ph.D. 22 Moorland St. 

Lawrence Professor of the Greek Language and Literature 

Gbobgb Bubwbll DtmoN, Ph.D. 10 Latham St. 

Professor of English Literahsre 

Albebt Habp Lickudbb, Ph.D. Faculty Club 

Professor of Public Speaking and Dramatic Literaltare 



David A . Wells Professor of PoliHcal Science 



Jackson Professor of Christian Theology, and Pastor of the 
CoUege Church 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 13 

David Tagqabt Clark, M.A. 23 Southworth St. 

AwisUxnl Professor of Economics 

John Satward Galbratth, M.A. 19 Moorland St. 

AsswUxni Professor of Greek and Latin 

Elmbb Ibwin Shbpabd, M.A. 232 Main St. 

Assistant Professor of Maihematics 

Samuel Edward Allen, M.A. 26 Southworth St. 

Assistant Professor of Rhetoric 

Carl Wilhelm Johnson, Ph.D. 21 Hoxsey St. 

Assistant Dean and Assistant Professor of German 

John Pierrepont Rice, Ph.D. Fort Hoosac Place 

Assistant Professor of the Romance Languages 

Harrt Lbsldd Agard, Ph.D. 28 Moorland St. 

Assistant Professor of MaihemaHcs 

Orib Wiluam Long, Ph.D. 35 Grace Court 

Assistant Professor of German 

Theodore Brown Hewitt, Ph.D. 30 Hoxsey St. 

Assistant Professor of German 

Arthur Howland Buftinton, M.A. 78 Spring St. 

Assistant Professor of History 

Jean Norton Cru, Dipl&m£ de VUniversiti 230 Main St. 

Assistant Professor of French 

Carl Sherman Hoar, Ph.D. 75 Meacham St. 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

James Beebee Brinsmade, Ph.D. 147 Main St. 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

James Washington Bell, Ph.D. Biological Laboratory 

Assistant Professor of Economics 

Thomas Hates Proctor, Ph.D. 188 Main St. 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

John Fttch King, Ph.D. 115 Park St. 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

John Sarin Adriance, M.A. The Perch 

Lecturer in Chemistry 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



14 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

SuMNBB Salter, B.A. 

Director of Music 

Charlbs Fbederigk Seeley 

Director of the Gymnasium 

AiBEBT Loxns Cbu, Bachdier hs Lettrea 

Instructor in French 

Frederick Wtman WHmiAN, M.A. 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

J. Roland Smith, M.A. 

Instructor in English 

Henry William Taettsch, M.A. 

Instructor in English 

Francisco Agttilera, B.A. 



Instructor in Spanish 

Clarence Andrew Tash, B.S. 

Instructor in Physics 

Clifford Chesley Hubbard, M.A. 

Instructor in Government and History 

Vernbt Ellbr Eaton, B.A. 

Instructor in Physics 

Harry Austin Deferrari, M.A. 

Instructor in Spanish 

Frederick William Fulle, Jr., B.A. 

Assistant in Chemistry 

Gerald Raleigh MacCarthy, B.A. 

Assistant in Geology 



135 Main St. 

College Place 

228 Main St. 

37 Southworth St. 

Faculty Club 

35 Grace Court 

21 Southworth St. 

Faculty Club 

188 Main St. 

Physical Laboratory 

14 Moorland St. 

Chemical Laboratory 

Faculty Club 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 



Habry Augustus Garfield, L.H.D., LL.D. 

Pretddent 

Carroll Lewis Maxct, M.A. 

Chcdrman pro tempore of the Faculty 

George Edwin Howes, Ph.D. 

Dean of ihs College 



Willard Evans Hott, M.A. 



Treasurer 



Carl WiLHELii Johnson, Ph.D. 

Assistant Dean and Secretary of the Faculty 

William Cook Hart, B.A. 

Assistant Treasurer 

F&RRT Alvan Smbdlbt 

Superintendent of Grounds and Buildings 



212 Main St. 

22 Hozsey St. 

College Place 

Llewellyn Fields 

21 Hoxsey St. 

220 Main St. 

Grace Court 



Christinb Price, B.S. 
LucT Eugenia Osborne 
Elizabeth Nott, B.S. 
Mabel Allsop 
Merton Ruth Llotd, B.S. 
Elsa Per Lee Jillson 



Librarian in Charge 

Cataloguer 

Library Assistant 

Library Assistant 

Library Assistant 

Library Assistant 
15 



Stetson Court 

Stetson Court 

25 Southworth St. 

Water St. 

25 Southworth St. 

70 Cok Ay«. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



16 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

RiGMOR J. AnDR^ASEN 

Secretary to the President 
Emma Louise Netherwood 



Lilian Mat Muir 

Edith Marguerite Merriam 

Margaret Evens 



Stenographer 
Stenographer 
Stenographer 
Stenographer 



North Adams 

North Adams 

North Adams 

North Adams 

26 Moorland St. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1921-1922 

« 

CX)MMITTEE ON ADMINISTRATION 

Tbb Pbbsidbnt, Chairman 

Tbb Chaihmak Pro Tempore of the Facultt 

The Dean of the Cojslege 
Professor Morton Professor DouoBrr 

Professor Pratt Professor Dickerman 

ADVISORY COMMITTEE 

The PREsmENT, Chaxrman Professor MoElfresh 

Dean Howes Professor Weston 

Professor Smith Professor Licklider 

Assistant Professor Shepard 

LIBRARY COUNCIL 

Professor McLaren, Chairman Professor Cleland 

The Librarian Professor DmroN 

Professor Morton Assistant Professor Shepard 

Assistant Professor Proctor 

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS 

Dean Howes, Chairman Professor Hardy 

Professor Goodrich Professor Wetmore 

Professor Maxct Professor Taylor 

Assistant Professor Long 

COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS 

Professor Kellogg, Chairman Professor Taylor 

Professor Mears Assistant Professor Hewitt 

COMMITTEE ON CURRICULUM 

Professor McElfresh, Chairman Professor Hardy 

Professor Wiu) Professor Mears 

Professor Smith Professor Dittton 

Assistant Professor Long 
2 17 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



18 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

COMMITTEE ON PRIZES 

Assistant Pbofbssor Clabk, Chairman Assistant Professor Galbraith 
Professor Ligkuder Assistant Professor Hoar 

CX)MMITTEE ON GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Professor Wetmore, Chairman Professor Droppers 

Professor Clelanb Assistant Professor Rice 

Assistant Professor Bell 

COMMITTEE ON ATHLETICS 

Professor Wild, Chairman Professor Doughtt 

Assistant Professor Allen 

COMMITTEE ON THE HONOR SYSTEM 

Professor Weston, Chairman Assistant Professor Johnson 

Assistant Professor Allen Assistant Professor Bufpinton 

COMMriTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

Professor Milham, Chairman Assistant Professor J. N. Crxt 

Assistant Professor Johnson Assistant Professor Brinsmadb 

EDITOR OF THE CATALOGUE 
Assistant Professor Agard 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



The college owes its origin to an educational bequest of Colonel 
Ephraim Williams for the purpose of establishing " a Free School *' 
in Williamstown. The charter of this school, which was granted 
March 8, 1785, reads as follows: 

An Act for directing the use and appropriation of a charitable donation, made 
in a certain clause in the last will and testament of Ephraim Williams, 
Esq., for the support and maintenance of a Free School in Williamstown, 
in the County of Berkshire; and for incorporating certain persons as 
trustees, in order more effectually to execute the intention of the testator, 
expressed in the same. 

Whereas, Israel Williams, Esq., and John Worthington, Esq., executors of 
the last will and testament of Ephraim Williams, Esq., deceased, have repre* 
sented to this court that the said Ephraim Williams, on the twenty-second day 
of July, Anno Domini one thousand seven hundred and fifty-five, made his last 
will and testament, in which, after divers bequests, devises, and dispositions, 
is contained the following clause, viz.: 

Item: "It is my will, desire, and pleasure that the remaining part of the 
lands, not yet disposed of, shall be sold at the discretion of my executors, within 
five years after an established peace, and the interest of the money and also 
the interest arising from my bonds and notes shall be appropriated towards the 
support and maintenance of a Free School, in a township west of Fort Massa- 
chusetts, commonly called the West Township, forever; provided, the said 
township shall fall within the jurisdiction of the Province of Massachusetts 
Bay; and provided, also, the Governor and General Coinii give the same town- 
ship the name of Williamstown; and it is further my will and desire, that if 
there shall remain any monies of the said above donation for the school, it be 
given towards the support of a school in the East Township, where the fort 
now stands; but in case the above provisos are not complied with, then it is my 
last will and choice that the interest of the above-mentioned monies be appro- 
priated to some pious and charitable uses, in manner and form as above 
directed in the former part of my last will and testament." 

And, whereas the said executors have fini;her represented that it may be a 
matter of doubt and imcertainty whether the township mentioned in the 
above recited clause (which is now incorporated by the name of Williamstown) 

19 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



20 WILLIAMS COLLBOB 

has 80 far fallen within the jurisdiction of the Province (rf MassactiusettSi HoW 
Ck>mmonwealth of Massachusetts, in the sense of the testator, as that they 
mil^t be justified in appropriating the said donation to the support and main- 
tenance of a Free School in said town; and have submitted their duty to the 
determination of this court, praying that an act may be passed to declare their 
duty, and to indemnify them in the execution of the same. 

SflcnoN 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and the House of Representatives, 
in General Court assembled, and by authority of the same, that the donation 
made in the clause before recited ought to be presently applied to the use and 
maintenance of a Free School in the town of ^V^^Uiamstown, in the County of 
Berkshire, and that in case the said donation shall afiFord an annual interest 
more than sufficient for the supporting and maintaining such school in Williams- 
town, then the surplusage be appropriated to the use and maintenance of a 
Free School in the tract of land called by the testator East Township, now 
incorporated by the name of Adams, wi^ other lands, applying and appro- 
priating the said donation to the uses above expressed, and shall be liable to no 
actkm or suit in law or equity, on account of such appropriations. 

And, whereas the said executors have further prayed that for carrying into 
- complete execution the intention of the testator, a corporation may be created 
and vested with such powers as mity be necessary for that purpose; 

Sbction 2. Be it further enacted by the authorit;y aforesaid, that William 
Williams of Dalton, Theodore Sedgwick, Woodbridge Little, John Bacon, 
Thompson Joseph Skinner, Esquires, the Reverend Seth Swift and Danid 
Collins, Mr. Israel Jones and Mr. David Noble, and their successors, to be 
elected and appointed as hereinafter directed and provided, be, and hereby 
are, incorporated, and shall be a corporation forever by the name of "The 
Trustees of the donation of Ephraim Williams, Esq., for maintaining a Free 
School in WiUiamstown"; and that the said trustees and their successors be, 
and hereby are, vested with all the powers, rights, and immunities, which are 
by law incident to aggregate eleemosynary corporations. 

Skction 3. And be it further enacted, that the said corporation shall 
always consist of a number not less than seven, nor more than nine persons, 
excepting only that whenever a vacancy shall happen by death, removal, 
refusal, or resignation of any member or members, so that the number be 
reduced to less than seven, tiie aforesaid number, then the remaining or sur- 
viving trustees shall have full power to perform aU corporate acts until such 
vacancy be supplied; and the said trustees shall elect and appoint a clerk of the 
corporation, who shall fairly enter and record all votes, acts, orders, and pro- 
ceedings made, done or passed by the trustees; and shall elect a proper person 
to be their treasurer, who shall receive into his hands all monies belonging to 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 21 

the corporation and pay the same pursuant to the order of the trustees, and 
shall always keep a fair account of idl receipts and payments. 

Section 4. And be it further enacted, that the power of electing and 
appointing successors i^ case of the death, removal, refusal, or resignation of 
any of the trustees be, and hereby is, vested solely in the Supreme Judicial 
Court of this Commonwealth; and whenever any of the above-mentioned cases 
shall happen, the trustees shall, as^soon as conveniently may be, certify the 
same to the Justices of the said court, that asuccessor may be appointed; and 
the Justices of the same court are hereby empowered to remove from office and 
trust any member of the corporation who shall, in their judgment, be unfit to 
hold the same, by reason of incapacity, misdemeanor, negligence, or breach of 
trust. 

And to the intent that the said donation may not be wasted, mismanaged, 
or perverted from its original intention; 

Section 5. Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the said 
corporation, and the donation itself, shall always be under the visitation and 
direction of the Supreme Judicial Court, who are hereby empowered to visit 
the said corporation to rectify all abuses, to determine all matters of doubt or 
dispute touching the duty of the trustees, and the use, application, or appro- 
priation of monies or interests to the same donation belonging; and to make 
all such orders and regulations with respect to the use, management, and appro- 
priation of the same donation and every part thereof, as they shall judge nec- 
essary or useful in order to promote the best interests of the school, according 
to the true meaning and intention of the testator and such laws of this Com- 
monwealth as may be in force respecting the same; and the said court, when- 
ever they shall judge necessary, shall cause the said trustees to come before 
them, either to render an acooimt of expenditures and dispositions of monies, 
or to answer for any mismanagement or breach of trust; and the trustees shall 
appear and lay their accounts, papers, records, and corporation books before 
the said court for inspection, whenever they shall be required thereto. 

Section 6. And be it further enacted, that the said trustees and their 
successors forever shall have iihe possession, management, and disposition 
of the whole interest and estate, real and personal, which is contained in and 
given, bequeathed, devised, or disposed of by the above recited clause in the 
will aforesaid; and they are hereby empowered and directed, as soon as con- 
veniently may be, to erect and maintain a Free School within the said town of 
Williamstown, for the instruction of youth, in such manner as most effectually 
to answer the pious, generous, and charitable intention of the testator, and 
agreeable to such orders and instructions as they may, from time to time, 
receive from the Supreme Judicial Court; and they are hereby empowered to 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



22 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

appoint and employ such instructors, masters, and officers, as shall be neces- 
sary for that p\n*pose. 

And to the intent that the said trustees may be enabled, in the most easy 
and expeditious manner, to receive in their own possession and manage- 
ment, the whole estate, property, and interest, contained in the aforesaid 
donation; 

Section 7. Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the said 
executors shall, at the request of the trustees, make and execute to the said 
trustees a deed or deeds of conveyance of all such lands or real estate as belong 
to said donation, and yet remain unsold, in which deed or deeds it shall be 
expressed that the executors do grant to the trustees the right, estate, and inter- 
est of the testator, and of themselves, in and to the described lands or tene- 
ments to the trustees and their successors forever; and the said executors shall 
deliver over into the hands of the trustees, at their request, all such personal 
securities or mortgages as the executors now have in their hands, and which 
are a part of the same donation; all of which securities, whether bonds, promis- 
sory notes, mortgage deeds, or of what name or description soever, being en- 
dorsed with the names of the said executors, or one of them, and delivered as 
aforesaid, shall become the property of the trustees to all intents and purposes; 
and they are hereby empowered, in the name of the corporation, to bring any 
action or actions against the obUgors, promisors, mortgagors, or tenants, for 
recovering the contents of the same securities, or possession of mortgaged 
estates, which action or actions shall be holden to be good and valid in law 
for that purpose, as if the securities or mortgage deeds had been originally 
made to. the trustees by their corporate names. 

And, whereas the testator has directed that in case his principal donations 
should afford an interest more than sufficient for the support and maintenance 
of the school in Williamstown, the surplusage should be improved to the use 
of a school in the East Township, now called Adams, in the said Coimty of 
Berkshire; and whereas questions and disputes may arise touching the nature, 
meaning, and extent of this part of the will, and where there may be said to be 
a surplusage beyond what should be necessary, according to the intent of 
testator, for the support of the school in Williamstown; 

Section 8. Be it further enacted, that in case of such surplusage, the said 
trustees are hereby empowered and directed to use and employ the same for 
erecting and supporting a Free School in the said town of Adams, in the same 
manner as has been in this act before provided in respect of the school in 
Williamstown; and that all questions and disputes that may arise concerning 
such surplusage, and the duty of the trustees in respect of the several schools, 
shall be determined by the Supreme Judicial Court; and the trustees shall 
always conform their conduct and administration herein to such orders and 
determinations as shall, from time to time, be made by the same court. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 23 

Section 0. And be it further enacted, that the Supreme Judicial Court 
may, at their discretion, exercise all the powers vested in them by virtue of 
this act, at any of the sessions holden within the counties of Berkshire or 
Hampshire; and in all trials at law, the court, ex-officio, shall take notice of this 
act to all intents and purposes whatsoever, and the same shall be given in evi- 
dence imder any general issue. 

At their first meeting, April 24, 1785, the trustees passed a 
resolution to the effect that "it is the sense of the corporation 
that the Free School in Williamstown be open and free for the 
use and benefit of the inhabitants of that town and of the free 
citizens of the American States indiscriminately." They also 
decided that "it will best coincide with the liberal views of the 
donor and the intention of the legislature to admit no pupil to the 
Free School * * * not having been taught to read English 
well/' 

As they found it difficult to collect the necessary funds for 
erecting a building, the trustees sent a petition, August 19, 1788, 
to the legislature, "for the grant of a lottery to raise the sum of 
twelve hundred pounds." Accordingly an act was passed Febru- 
ary 11, 1789, making such a grant. 

The initial step toward a transformation of the Free School 
into a college was taken at a meeting of the trustees. May 23, 
1792. In a petition to the legislature they "humbly showed" 
what had been done already, and set forth the "several circum- 
stances attending the situation of the Free School * * * pe- 
culiarly favorable to a seminary of a more public and important 
nature." The petition was granted, and an act to establish the 
college and to transfer to it the property of the Free School was 
passed June 22, 1793: 

An Act to establish a college in the County of Berkshire, within this Common- 
wealth, by the name of WiUiams College. 
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives, in the General 
Court assembled, and by the authority of the same, that there be erected and 
established in the town of Williamstown, in the County of Berkshire, a college 
for the purpose of educating youth, to be called and known by the name of 
Williams College, to be imder the government and regulation of a body politic 
and corporate, as hereafter in this act provided. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



24 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that John Bacon, 
Esq., Rev. Daniel Collins, Israel Jones, Woodbridge Little, David Noble, 
Theodore Sedgwick, Thompson J. Skinner, Esquires, Rev. Seth Swift, Henry 
Vanscaak, Esq., Rev. Stephen West, D.D., William Williams and Elijah 
Williams, Esquires, together with the president of the said college for the time 
being, to be chosen as in this act is hereafter directed, be and hereby are 
created a body politic and corporate, by the name of "The President and 
Trustees of Williams College," and that they and their successors, and such 
others as shall be duly elected members of the said corporation, shall be and 
remain a body poUtic and corporate, by that name forever. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that for the more 
orderly conducting the business of the said corporation. The President and 
Trustees shall have full power and authority from time to time, as they shall 
determine, to elect a vice president and secretary of the said corporation and to 
declare the tenures and duties of their respective offices and also to remove any 
trustee from the said corporation, when, in their judgment, he shall be rendered 
incapable, by age or otherwise, of discharging the duties of his office or shall 
neglect or refuse to perform the same, and to fill up aU vacancies in the said 
corporation, by electing such persons for trustees as they shall judge best. 
Provided, nevertheless, that the number of the said trustees, including the 
president of the said college, for the time being, shall never be greater than 
seventeen nor less than eleven. 

And be it further enacted that the said corporation may have one common 
seal, which they may change, break or renew, at their pleasure; and that all 
deeds signed and delivered by the treasurer, and sealed with their seal, by order 
of The President and Trustees, shall, when made in their corporate name, be 
considered in law as the deed of the said corporation; and that the said cor- 
poration may sue and be sued in all actions, real, personal or mixed, and may 
prosecute and defend the same to final judgment and execution, by the name 
of The President and Trustees of Williams College; and that the said corpora- 
tion shall be capable of having, holding and taking in fee simple of any less 
estate, by gift, grant, devise, or otherwise, any lands, tenements or other estate 
real or personal. Provided, nevertheless, that the annual clear income of the 
same shall not exceed the siun of six thousand pounds. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the said corpora- 
tion shall have full power and authority to determine at what times and places 
their meetings shall be holden and in the manner of notifying the trustees to 
convene at such meetings; and also from time to time, elect a president and 
treasurer of said college, and such professors, tutors, instructors, and other 
officers of said college as they shall judge most for the interest thereof, and to 
determine the duties, salaries, emoliunents and tenures of their several officers 
aforesaid; the said president, for the time being, when elected and inducted 
into his office, to be, ex-officio, president of said corporation. And the said 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 26 

corporation are further empowered to purchase or erect, and to keep in repair, 
such houses and other buildings as tiiey shall judge necessary for the said 
college; and also to make and ordain, as occasion may require, reasonable rules, 
orders and by-laws, not repugnant to the laws of this Commonwealth, with 
reasonable penalties, for the good government of the said college; and also to 
detenmne and prescribe the mode of ascertaining the qualifications of the 
students, requisite to their admission; and also to confer such degrees as are 
usually conferred by universities established for the education of youth. 
Provided, nevertheless, that no corporate business shall be transacted at any 
meeting, unless seven at least of the trustees are present; and provided further, 
that the said corporation shall confer no degree other than those of Bachelor of 
Arts and Master of Arts, until after the first day of January, which shall be in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the dear rents, 
issues and profits of all the estates, real and personal, of which the said cor- 
poration shall be seized or possessed, shall be appropriated to the endowment 
of said college, in such manner as shall most effectually promote virtue and 
piety, and the knowledge of such of the languages, and of the liberal arts and 
sciences as shall hereafter be directed from time to time, by the said corporation. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the Hon. Thomp- 
son J. Skinner, Esq., be, and he is hereby authorized and empowered to fix the 
time and place for holding the first meeting of the said corporation, of which he 
shall give notice by an advertisement in the Stockbrldge newspapers, at least 
fourteen days previous thereto. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the treasurer of 
the said college shall, before he enter upon the execution of the duties of his 
office, give bonds to the said corporation, with such sums, and with such 
sureties as they shaU approve of, conditioned for the faithful discharge of the 
said office, and for rendering a just and true account of his doings therein, 
when required. And that all the money, seciuities and other property of The 
President and Trustees of Williams College, together with all the books in 
which his accoimts and proceedings as treasurer were entered and kept, that 
shall be in his hands at the expiration of his office, shall, upon demand made 
upon him, his executors or administrators, be paid and delivered over to his 
successor in that office. And all monies recovered by virtue of any suit at 
law, upon said bond, shall be paid over to the president and trustees afore- 
said, and subjected to the appropriation above directed in this act. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that the Legislature of 
this Commonwealth may grant any further powers to, or alter, limit, annul 
or restrain any of the powers by this act vested in said corporation, as shall be 
judged necessary to promote the best interest of the said college; and, more 
especially, may appoint and establish overseers or visitors of the said college, 
with all necessary powers and authorities for the better aid, preservation and 
government thereof. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



26 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that all the property, 
real and personal, belonging to the trustees of Williamstown Free School, be, 
and the same hereby is vested in the corporation, which by this act is created. 

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, that there be, and 
hereby is granted to the trustees of Williams College, for the use, benefit and 
purpose of supporting said college, twelve himdred poimds, to be paid out of 
the treasury of this Conmionwealth; three hundred pounds of the same to be 
paid the first day of September, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-three, 
and three himdred pounds annually, on the first day of September, for the 
three succeeding years. 

February 26, 1796, an additional act was passed, as follows: 

Whereas, Doubts have arisen whether the rights and credits which, previous 
to passing the act aforesaid, were vested in and belonging to the trustees of the 
donation of Ephraim Williams, Esquire, for maintaining a Free School in 
Williamstown, are by virtue of the same act transferred to and vested in the 
corporation of The President and Trustees of Williams College: 

Be it therefore enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives in Gen- 
eral Court assembled, and by the authority of the same, that the said rights 
and credits be and hereby are transferred to and vested in the said Corpo- 
ration of The President and Trustees of Williams College, who are hereby 
authorized to commence and prosecute to their final judgment and execution, 
any suit or action in law or equity, which the said trustees of the donation of 
Ephraim Williams, Esquire, for maintaining a free school in Williamstown, 
might heretofore have commenced or prosecuted. 

On petition of the trustees the legislature passed an act Febru- 
ary 4, 1796, granting the college two townships of land **of the 
contents of six miles square each, to be laid out and assigned from 
any of the unappropriated lands belonging to this Common- 
wealth in the district of Maine.'^ The act provided that the 
trustees *' shall cause to be settled fifteen famiUes in each of said 
townships within twelve years from the passing this resolve; and 
also that there be reserved in each township three lots of three 
hundred and twenty acres each for the following uses, viz., one 
lot for the first settled minister, one lot for the use of the ministry, 
and one lot for the use of schools in each of said townships.*' 
These lands were sold for about $10,000, and the proceeds devoted 
to building East College. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 27 

Nine years later the college again appealed to the legislature 
for assistance. A committee of that body, which investigated 
the condition and prospects of the institution, made the following 
report, February 19, 1805: 

The Committee of both Hoiises, to whom was referred the petition of The 
President and Trustees of Williams College, praying the aid of government to 
enable them to build a chapel for the performance of divine service, and for 
keeping the college library and apparatus, having examined the origin, rise 
and progress of the seminary, from its institution to the present time, together 
with the aid heretofore afforded by the government, and the existing state of 
its funds, beg leave to observe. That the funds granted by the original donor 
and the government have, in the opinion of the Committee, been judiciously 
applied to the object of the institution, and with success exceeding the most 
sanguine expectations, and that the present state of the college affords a reason- 
able and pleasing expectation of its future extensive benefits to society, and 
that a chapel for the purposes above mentioned would essentially promote the 
same; and as the encouragement and grants of the government to that college 
have not been equal to those made to other seminaries in the Commonwealth, 
the Committee ask leave to report the following resolve: 

Resolvedy For reasons set forth in the petition, that there be and hereby is 
granted one township of land of the contents of six miles square to be laid out 
and assigned from any of the imappropriated lands belonging to the Common- 
wealth, in the District of Maine, except the ten townships lately purchased 
of the Penobscot Indians. ♦ ♦ ♦ 



In 1809 the legislature granted another township of land in 
Maine "for further aid in support of WiUiams College and for 
the erecting of other buildings for the convenience of the institu- 
tion and for sustaining a professor of the Oriental languages.'' 
The sum of $9,500 was realized from the last two townships. 

The legislature passed an act February 24, 1814, "for the 
Encouragement of Literature, Piety and Morality and the Useful 
Arts and Sciences,'' and appropriated the taxes due to the Com- 
monwealth from the Massachusetts Bank, "for the ten years 
next to come," to Harvard, Williams, and Bowdoin. Of this 
fund Williams received three-sixteenths, which amounted to 
$30,000. In 1859 the state gave the college $25,000 and in 
1868, $75,000. The totftl pf these legislative gifts is $153,500. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



28 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

In 1883 the following act was passed: 

An Act to autliorue The Presideiit and Trostees of Williams College to hold 
additional real and personal estate. 
[Be it enacted, etc., as follows:] 

Section 1. The proviso in section 4 of the act establishing Williams Col- 
lege, passed on the twentynaeoond day of June in the year seventeen hundred 
and ninety-three, is hereby amended so as to read: "Provided, neverthdees, 
that the clear annual income of the same shall not exceed two hundred thou- 
sand dollars." 

Section 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage. 

In 1890 the legislature passed the following act: 

The corporation known as The Plresident and Trustees of Williams College 
and its standing committees may hold special meetings without the limits of 
the Commonwealth. 

In 1906 the legislature passed the following act: 

An Act to authorize The President and Trustees of Williams College to hold 
additional real and personal property. 

[Be it enacted, etc., as follows:] 

Section 1. The proviso at the end of section four of the act establishing 
Williams College, passed on the twenty-second day of June in the year seven- 
teen hundred and ninety-three, as amended by chapter thirty-nine of the acts 
of the year eighteen hundred and eighty-three is hereby further amended by 
striking out the words ''two hundred thousand," in the last line of the proviso, 
and inserting in place thereof the words: — one million, — so that the proviso 
will read as follows: — ^Provided, nevertheless, that the dear annual income of 
the same shall not exceed one million dollars. 

Section 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage. 

The principal college buildings with the dates of their erection 
are as follows: West College, 1790; East College, 1798, burned in 
1841, rebuilt in 1842; Fayerweather Hall, 1842, formerly South 
College, remodeled and enlarged, 1905; Griffin Hall, 1828, moved 
and remodeled in 1904; Hopkins Observatory, 1837; Lawrence 
Hall, 1846, extensions added in 1890; Goodrich Hall, 1859, for- 
merly the Alumni Hall Chapel, remodeled and converted into 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WtLLtAMS COLLEGE 29 

recitation and seminar rooms in 1905; Field Memorial Observa- 
tory, 1882; Morgan Hall, 1882; Lasell Gymnasium, 1886; Hop- 
kins Memorial Hall, 1890; Thompson Chemical Laboratory, 
1892, burned in 1915, rebuilt in 1916; Thompson Biological Lab- 
oratory, 1893; Thompson Physical Laboratory, 1893; Jesup 
Hall, 1899; Thompson Memorial Chapel, 1904; Central Heating 
Plant, 1904; BerksMre HaU, 1905; Edward Clark HaU, 1908, 
original structure erected in 1881; Currier Hall, 1908; Chapin 
Hall, 1911; Williams HaU, 1911; Thompson Infirmary, 1911. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



ADMISSION 



All correspondence in matters of admission shoidd be addressed 
to the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 



An application for admission should be filed by every candi- 
date. It is desired that this be done not later than August 1 
of the year in which the candidate proposes to enter college. A 
blank for this purpose is inserted in this catalogue. Additional 
copies may be secured from the Chairman of the Committee on 
Admissions. 

Every candidate for admission must present a testimonial of 
good character from the principal under whom he was prepared 
for college. This must he submitted before the attendance on 
college exercises begins. 

Candidates for admission to the Freshman class must present 
credit by examination or by certificate in the subjects listed below, 
as follows: all the subjects in List I, one of the combinations of 
subjects in List II, and one of the subjects in List III not otherwise 
selected. All students admitted to Williams College are can-' 
didates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, and no provision is 
made for the acceptance of special students. 

The notation used agrees with that of the College Entrance 
Examination Board. 

LIST I (required of all) 
English 1 and ^ 
♦History EotG 
Latin lt^t4y a-nd 5 
Mathematics A and C 

* Up to and including September, 1924, History A will be accepted in place of History S 
or O. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION 



The undersigned hereby applies for adniission to Williams College 
and submits the following information, for the accuracy of which he 
vouches. 



Full name Age in yrs. 

Home address 



Name of parent or guardian (and address if different from applicant's) 
Name of preparatory school from which candidate expects to come 

Address of school 

Name of principal 

Total number of years of attendance at this school 



Year in which candidate expects to enter college 

Method of admission (indicate by a check mark) 

By examination ; by certificate... ; by both 

No obligation is incurred by filing this applicationf which should be 
sent (preferably prior to Aitgust first) to 

The Chaibman of the Committee on 
Admissions of Williams College, 

WiLLIAMSTOWN, MasB. 



Signature- 



Date.. 



Application for scholarship aid should be made to the Chairman of the Committee 
on ^holarships. 
Application for rooms in the college dormitories should be made to^the Treasurer. 

Digitized by V^jOO* 



O 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



APPLICATION FOR ROOMS 
IN THE WILLIAMS COLLEGE DORMITORIES 



Mr 

Address.. 



Claas of 19.. 



At present there are about five hundred and eighty-five students 
in the college. Some three hundred and eighty can be accom- 
modated in the dormitories. About two hundred room in the Fra- 
ternity houses. 

Men continuing in college have the first choice of rooms during 
May and early June, and then the men in the entering class in order 
of application. 

In consulting the men in the order of application a widely extended 
correspondence is necessary. It will shorten this time and work if 
some information can be secured beforehand. For this purpose will 
you please answer the following questions: — 

1. Do you wish a single or double room? 



2. If double, will you name your own roommate or take the 
next man on the application list? 



3. About what sum do you wish to pay? 



Nothing that you say in answer to these questions puts you under any obligation 
to take a room. The object is only to secure information as to your present wishes. 
The full statement regarding rooms can be found in this catalogue. 
Please fill out and return this blank as soon as possible to 

Thb Treasurer of Williams College, 

WlLLIAMSTOS^, Masb. 

Digitized by VjOOQIC - 



Digitized by VjOOQIC \ 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 31 

LIST II (one combination required of all) 

♦French A and B 
*German A and B 
Greek A, B, C, and G 
♦Spanish A and B 

Mathematics B, D, and F together with French A 
or German A or Spanish A 

LIST III (one subject, not otherwise selected, required of all) 

tCiiASsA Class B 

Biology French A 

Botany French B 

Chemistry German A 

Greek A and B German B 

tHistory A Mathematics B 

History B Mathematics D 

History C Mathematics F 

History D Spanish A 

Physics Spanish B 
Zodlogy 

The subjects in Class A may be presented by examination or 
by certificate, but they may not be employed to secure college 
credit. 

The subjects in Class B may be presented either by examina- 
tion or certificate for the fulfillment of the elective requirement. 
When offered, however, with the object of gaining college credit, 
the subjects in Class B must be presented by examination at the 
hands either of the College Entrance Examination Board in June 
or of Williams College in September, and a mark as high as 75 
is necessary for such credit. Students may secure college credit 
in these subjects in Class B if offered at any time before the begin- 
ning of the third year in college. The following table of equiva- 
lents indicates the college credit which may be secured in this 
manner: 

French A equivalent to French 1-2 

French B " French 9-4 

German A " German l-S 

*The passing of French B or German B or Spanish B does not entitle to credit in French A 
or German A or Spanish A. — See footnote, p. 54. 
t It is recommended that the elective offered from this List be History A. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



32 WILLIAMS COLLSGS 

German B equivalent to German 5-4 

Mathematics B, D, F " Mathraaatics U2 

Spanish A " Spanish l-g 

Spanish B " Spanish 8-4 

The number of courses required for graduation is twenty — 
ordinarily five in each college year. This number is reduced by 
one or more according to the number of courses in which college 
credit is gained as above stated. 

The details of the requirements in all subjects except Biology, 
Botany, Chemistry, History 0, Physics, and Zoology are given in . 
the following pages. English includes in every case English 1 
and g; Greek includes Greek A, B, Cy and O; and Latin includes 
Latin 1, S, 4f &iid 5, etc. 

The details of the requirements in Biology, Botany, Chemistry, 
History O, Physics, and Zodlogy are to be found in the publica- 
tions of the College Entrance Examination Board. 

ADMISSION WITH CONDITIONS 

Candidates who fail to meet in full the requirements indicated 
above may be admitted under conditions which require them to 
pass examinations later in the subjects in which they are deficient. 
The requirements for admission without conditions are specified 
above; but, as the terms of admission with conditions must vary 
with individual records, each case of such admission will be 
considered on its own merits by the Committee on Admissions. 
In general, the maximum number of units of condition permitted 
by the Committee is two, not in one subject. 

DETAILS OF SimjEGTS 

ENGLISH 

Definition of the Requirement for 1920-1922 

The study of English in school has two main objects, which should be con- 
sidered of equal importance: (a) command of correct and dear English, 
spokoi and written; (b) ability to read with accuracy, intelligence, and appre- 
ciation, and the development of the habit of reading good literature with 
enjoyment. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 33 

Grammar and Composition 

The first object requires instruction in grammar and composition. English 
grammar should ordinarily be reviewed in the secondary school; and correct 
spelling and granmiatical accuracy should be rigorously exacted in connection 
with all written work during the four years. The principles of English compo- 
sition governing punctuation, the use of words, sentences, and paragraphs 
should be thoroughly mastered; and practice in composition, oral as well as 
written, should extend throughout the secondary school period. Written 
exercises may well comprise letter-writing, narration, description, and easy 
exposition and argument. It is advisable that subjects for this work be taken 
from the student's personal experience, general knowledge, and studies other 
than English, as well as from his reading in literature. Finally, special in- 
struction in language and composition should be accompanied by concerted 
effort of teachers in all branches to cultivate in the student the habit of using 
good English in his recitations and various exercises, whether oral or written. 

Literature 

The second object is sought by means of the reading and study of a number 
of books from which may be framed a progressive coiuse in literature. The 
student should be trained in reading aloud and should be encouraged to commit 
to memory notable passages both in varse and in prose. As an aid to hterary 
appreciation, he is further advised to acquaint himself with the most important 
facts in the lives of the authors whose works he reads and with their place in 
hterary history. He should read the books carefully, but his attention should 
not be so fixed upon details that he fails to appreciate the main purpose and 
charm of what he reads. 

A few of these books should be read with special care, greater stress being 
laid upon form and style, the exact meaning of words and phrases, and the 
understanding of allusions. 

LIST OF BOOKS FOR 1920-1922 

1 Books for Reading 

The books provided for reading are arranged in the following groups, from 
each of which at least two selections are to be made, except that for any book 
in Group I a book from any other may be substituted. 

QBOUP I — CLASSICS IN TBANBLATION 

The Old Testament, at least the chief narrative episodes in Oeneeis, Exodu8, 
Jwhua, Judges, Samud, Kings, and Daniel, together with the books of Rvih 
and Esther, 

The Odyssey, with the omission, if desired, of Books I-V, XV, and XVI. 

The ^Eneid. 
3 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



34 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

The Odyuey and the JEneid should be read in English translations of recog- 
nised literary excellence. 

GBOUP n — ^DBAMA 

Shakespeare: Merchanl of Venice, As You Like It, Jtdiue CcBear, 

OROUP in — PBOBB FicnoN 
Dickens: A Tale of Two CiHes. 
George Eliot: Silas Mamer, 
Scott: QuenHn Dvrward, 
Hawthorne: The House of the Seven Gables. 

OROUP IV — ^ESSATB, BIOGBAPHT, ETC. 

Addison and Steele: The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers. 
Irving: The Sketch Book — selections covering about 175 pages. 
MacauJay: Lord Clive. 
Parkman : The Oregon TraU. 

OROUP V — POETRY 

Tennyson: The Coming of Arthur, Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, 
The Passing of Arthur, 

Browning: Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Good News 
from Ghent to Aix, Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the 
Sea, Incident of the French Camp, Hervi Rid, Pheidippides, My Last Duch- 
ess, Up at a VUla — Down in the City, The Italian in England, The Patriot, 
The Pied Piper, "De Gustibus—", Instans Tyrannus. 

Scott: The Lady of the Lake. 

Coleridge: The Ancient Mariner; and Arnold: Sohrab and Rustum. 

2 Books for Study 

The books provided for study are arranged in four groups, from each of 
which one selection is to be made. 

GROUP I — ^DRAMA 

Shakespeare : Macbeth or Hamlet. 

GROUP n — POETRY 

Milton: L'AUegro, II Penseroso, Comus. 

Book IV of Palgrave's Golden Treasury {First Series), with special attention to 
Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley. 

GROUP in — ORATORY 

Burke: Speech on Conciliation with America. 

Washington's Farewdl Address, Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration, and 
Lincoln's Gettysburg Address. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 35 

GBOUP nr— B88AY8 

Macaulay: Life of Johnson. 

Carlyle: Eway on Bums, with a brief selection from Bums's Poems, 

DESCRIPTION OF THE RESTRICTED EXAMINATIONS IN 1920-1922 

However aoourate in subject-matter, no paper will be considered satisfactory 
if seriously defective in punctuation, spelling, or oth^ essentials of good usage. 

Grammar and Composition 

In grammar and composition the candidate may be i^ed specific questions 
upon the practical essentials of these studies, such as the relation of the various 
parts of a sentence to one another, and those good usages of modem English 
which one should know in distinction from current errors. The main test in 
composition will consist of one or more essays developing a theme through 
several paragraphs; the subjects will be drawn from the books read, from the 
candidate's othrar studies, and from his personal knowledge and experience quite 
apart from reading. For this purpose the examiner will provide several sub- 
jects, perhaps eight or ten, from which the candidate may make his own 
selections. He will not be expected to write more than four hundred words an 
hour. 

Literature 

The examination will include: 

1. Questions designed to test such knowledge and appreciation of literature 
as may be gained by an intelligent reading of the books given in List 1. above. 

2. A test on the books in List 2 above. This will consist of questions upon 
their content, form, and structure, and upon the meaning of such words, 
phrases, and allusions as may be necessary to an understanding of the works 
and an appreciation of their salient qualities of style. General questions may 
also be asked concerning the lives of the authors, their oth^ works, and the 
periods of literary history to which they belong. 

Division of Examination 

When parts 1 and 2 of the examination are taken at different times, each 
will include a test in grammar and composition. 

DEFINITION OF THE REQUIREMENT FOR 1923-1925 

Habits of correct, clear, and tnUhfvl expression. This part of the requirement 
calls for a carefully graded course in oral and written composition, and for in- 
struction in the practical essentials of grammar, a study which ordinarily should 
be reviewed in the secondary school. In all written work constant attention 
should be paid to spelling, punctuation, and good usage in general as distin- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



36 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

guished^from current errors. In all oral work there should be constant insist- 
ence upon the elimination of such elementary errors as personal speedMlefects, 
foreign accent, and obscure enunciation. 

AhiLUy to read with intelligence and appreciation toorka of moderate difficulty p 
familiarity with a few masterpiecee. This part of the requirement calls for a 
carefully graded course in literature. Two lists of books are provided from 
which a specified number of units must be chosen for reading and study. The 
first contains selections appropriate for the earHer years in the secondary 
school. These should be carefully read, in some cases studied, with a measure 
of thoroughness appropriate for inunature minds. The second contains selec- 
tions for the closer study warranted in the later years. The progressive course 
formed from the two lists should be supplemented at least by home reading on 
the part of the pupil and by class-room reading on the part of pupils and in- 
structor. It should be kept constantly in mind that the main piupose is to 
cultivate a fondness for good literature and to encourage the habit of reading 
with discrimination. 

LIST OF BOOKS FOR 1923-1925 

1 Books for Reading 

From each group two selections are to be made, except that for any book 
in Group V a book from any other may be substituted. 

GROUP I 

Dickens: A Tale of Two Cities, 

George Eliot: Silaa Mamer, 

Scott: Qv£nHn Durward. 

Stevenson: Treaenre Island or Kidnapped, 

Hawthorne: The Houke of the Seven Gablee, 

QBOUP II 

Shakespeare: Merchant of Venice^ Jtdius Ccesar, King Henry F, As You 
Like It, 

GROUP III 

Scott: The Lady of the Lake, 

Coleridge: The Ancient Mariner; and Arnold: Sohrab and Rtistum, 
A collection of representative verse, narrative and lyric. 
Tennyson: IdyUs of the King (any four). 

The ^neid or the Odyssey in a translation of recognized excellence, with the 
omission, if desired, of Books I-V, XV , and XVI of the Odyssey, 

GROUP IV 

The Old Testament (the chief narrative episodes in Genesis, Exodus, Joshua, 
Judges, Samuel, Kings, and Daniel, together with the books of Ruth and 
Esther), 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 37 

Irving: The Sketch Book (about 175 pages). 
Addison and Steele: The Sir Roger de CoverUy Papers. 
Macaulay: Lord CUoe, 
Parkman: The Oregon Trail. 
Franklin: Autobiography. 

GBOUP V 

A modem novel. 

A collection of short stories (about 150 pages). 
A collection of contemporary verse (about 150 pages). 
A collection of prose writings on matters of current interest (about 150 pages). 
Two modem plays. 
All selections from this group should be works of recognized excellence. 

2 Books for Study 

One selection to be made from each group 

GBOUP I 

Shakespeare: Macbethf Handet. 

GROUP II 

Milton: UAUegro, II Peneeroeo, and either Comue or Lycidas. 

Browning : Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Good News 
from Ghent to Aix, Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the 
Sea, Incident of the French Camp, Hervi Rid, Pheidippedes, My Last 
Duchess, Up at a Villa — Down in the City, The Italian in England, The 
Patriot, The Pied Piper, "De OustOms—", Instans Tyrannus, One Word 
More. 

GBOUP ni 

Macaulay : Life of Johnson. 

Carlyle: Essay on Bums, with a brief selection from Bums's Poems, 

Arnold: Wordsworth, with a brief selection from Wordsworth's Poems. 

GROUP IV 

Burke: Speech on Conciliation wUh America. 

A collection of orations, to include at least Washington's Farewell Address, 
Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration, and Lincoln's Oetty^mrg Address, 

DESCRIPTION OF THE RESTRICTED EXAMINATIONS, 192^-1925 

The examination will be in two parts. The first part will test powers of 
correct, clear, tmthf ul expression. The candidate will write one or more com- 
positions several paragraphs in length. For this purpose a list of eight or ten 
subjects will be provided. These may be suggested in part by the books recom- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



38 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

mended for reading, but a sufficient ^umber from other sources will make it 
possible for the candidate to draw upon his own experience and ideas. He will 
not be expected to compose at a more rapid rate than three hundred fifty words 
an hour, but his work must be free from conunon errors in grammar, idiom, 
spelling, and pimctuation, and should show that he imderstands the principles 
of unity and coherence. In addition, questions may be asked on the practical 
essentials of grammar, such as the construction of words and the relation of 
various parts of a sentence to one another. 

The second part will test the faithfulness with which the candidate has stud- 
ied the works reconmiended for study and his ability to grasp quickly the mean- 
ing of prose or verse that he has not previously seen and to answer simple 
questions on its literary qualities. The examination may call also for the writ- 
ing of a short composition. 

In connection with the second part of the examination the candidate may be 
required by the college to submit a statement certified by his principal speci- 
fying what books he has read during his secondary school course, and mdicating 
the quality and character of his spoken English. 

FRENCH 

A Elementary French 

FInt and Second Ymts 

THB AIM OF THE INBTBUCTION 

At the end of the elementary course the pupil should be able to pronoimce 
French accurately, to read at sight easy French prose, to put into French simple 
English sentences taken from the language of everyday life or based upon a 
portion of the French text read, and to answer questions on the rudiments of 
the grammar as defined below. 

THB WOBK TO BB DONB 

During the first year the work should comprise: 

1 Careful diiU in pronimdation. 

2 The rudiments of grammar, including the inflection of the regular and the 

more conunon irregular verbs, the plural of nouns, the inflection of adjec- 
tives, paSrticiples, and pronouns; the use of personal pronouns, common 
adverbs, prepositions, and conjimctions; the order of words in the sen- 
tence, and the elementary rules of syntax. 

3 Abundant easy exercises, designed not only to fix in the memory the forms 

and principles of grammar, but also to cultivate readiness in the repro- 
duction of natural forms of expression. 

4 The reading of from 100 to 175 duodecimo pages of graduated texts, with 

constant practice in translating into French easy variations based on 
the sentences read (the teacher giving the English) and in reproducing 
firom memory sentences previoudy read. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 39 

5 Writing French from dictation. 
Suitable texts for the first year are: A well-graded reader for beginners; 
Bruno, Le tow de la France; Compayr^, Yvan OaU; Laboulaye, Contes 
bleua; Malot, Sana famtUe, 

During the second year the work should comprise: 

1 The reading of from 250 to 400 pages of easy modem prose in the form of 

stories, plays, or historical or biographical sketches. 

2 Constant practice, as in the previous year, in translating into French easy 

variations based on the texts read. 

3 Frequent abstracts, sometimes oral and sometimes written, of portions 

of the texts already read. 

4 Writing French from dictation. 

5 Continued drill upon the rudiments of granimar, with constant application 

in the construction of sentences. 

6 Mastery of the forms and use of pronouns, pronominal adjectives, of all 

but the rare irregular verb forms, and of the simpler uses of the condi- 
tional and subjimctive. 
Suitable texts for the second year are: Daudet, Le Petit Chose; Erckmann- 

Chatrian, stories; Hal6vy, L'AbU Conetantin; Labiche et Martin, Le voyage 

de M. Pertichon; Lavisse, Hiatoire de France, 

B Intermediate French 

Third YcMT 

THE AIM OF THE INBTBUCTION 

At the end of the intermediate course the pupil should be able to read at 
sight ordinary French prose or simple poetry, to translate into French a con- 
nected passage of English based on the text read, and to answer questions in- 
volving a more thorough knowledge of syntax than is expected in the elemen- 
tary course. 

THE WOBK TO BE DONE 

This should comprise the reading of from 400 to 600 pages of French of ordi- 
nary difficulty, a portion to be in the dramatic form; constant practice in giving 
French paraphrases, abstracts or reproductions from memory of selected por- 
tions of the matter read; the study of a grammar of moderate completeness; 
writing from dictation. 

Suitable texts for the third 3rear are: Bazin, Lee OherU; Dumas, novels; 
Mianm^f Cotomba; Sandeau, MUe. de la Seiglihe; Tocqueville, Voyage en 
AnUfique. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



40 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

GERMAN 

A Elementary German 

FInt and Second Yean 

THE AIM OF THE INSTBUCTION 

At the end of the elementary courae in German the pupil should be able to 
read at sight, and to translate, if called upon, by way of proving ability to read, 
a passage of very easy dialogue or narrative prose, help being given upon \mus- 
ual words and constructions, to put into German short English sentences taken 
from the language of every-day life or based upon the text given for translation, 
and to answer questions upon the rudiments of the grammar, as defined below. 

THE WORK TO BE DONE 

During the first year the work should comprise: 

1 Careful drill upon pronimciation. 

2 The memorizing and frequent repetition of easy colloquial sentences. 

3 Drill upon the rudiments of grammar, that is, upon the inflection of the 

articles, of such noims as belong to the language of everyday Ufe, of adjec- 
tives, pronoims, weak verbs and the more usual strong verbs; also upon 
the use of the more common prepositions, the simpler uses of the modal 
auxiliaries, and the elementary rules of syntax and word-order. 

4 Abundant easy exercises designed not only to fix in mind the forms and 

principles of grammar, but also to cultivate readiness in the reproduction 
of natural forms of expression. 

5 The reading of from 75 to 100 pages of graduated texts from a reader, with 

constant practice in translating into German easy variations based on 
sentences selected from the reading lesson (the teacher giving the Eng- 
lish), and in the reproduction from memory of sentences previously read. 
Suitable texts for the first year* are: After one of the many Readers espe- 
cially prepared for beginners, — Meissner, Aus meiner Welt; Blttthgen, Das Peterle 
von NUmberg; Storm, Immenseef or any of Baumbach's short stories. 

During the second year the work should comprise: 

1 The reading of from 150 to 200 pages of literature in the form of easy 

stories and plays. 

2 Acoompan3ring practice, as before, in the translation into German of easy 

variations upon the matter read and also in the off-hand reproduction, 
sometimes orally and sometimes in writing, of the substance of short 
and easy selected passages. 

3 Continued drill upon the rudiments of the grammar, directed to the ends 

of enabling the pupil, first, to use his or her knowledge with facility in the 
formation of sentences, and, secondly, to state his knowledge correctly 
in the technical language of grammar. 
* During each year at least six Qennan poeme ehould be committed to memory. 

Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 41 

Suitable texts for the second year* are: Gerst&cker, Oermdahauaen; Eichen- 
dorff, Au8 dem Leben eines Taugenichts; Wildenbruch, Daa edle Blut; Jensen, 
Die braune Erica; Seidel, Ld>erechl HUhnchen; Fulda, UrUer vier Augen; 
Benedix, Lwtapide (any one). For students preparing for a scientific school a 
scientific reader is recoxnm^ided. 

B Intermediate German 

Third Year 

THE AIM OF THE INSTRUCTION 

At the end of the intermediate course the pupil should be able to read at 
sight German prose of ordinary difficulty, whether recent or classical; to put 
into German a connected passage of simple English, paraphrased from a given 
text in German; to answer any granmiatical questions relating to usual forms 
and essential principles of the language, including syntax and word-formation, 
and to translate and explain (so far as explanation may be necessary) a passage 
of classical Uterature taken from some text previously studied. 

THE WORK TO BE DONE 

The work should comprise, in addition to the elementary course, the reading 
of about 400 pages of moderately difficult prose and poetry, with constant 
practice in giving, sometimes orally and sometimes in writing, paraphrases, 
abstracts, or reproductions from memory of selected portions of the matter 
read; also grammatical drill upon the less usual strong verbs, the use of articles, 
cases, auxiliaries of all kinds, tenses and modes (with special reference to the 
infinitive and subjunctive), and likewise upon word-order and word-formation. 

Suitable texts for the third year* are: Heyse, Biehl, Keller, Storm, Meyer, 
Ebner-Eschenbach, W. Raabe, Novellen or ErzMungen; Schiller, WUhdm Tell; 
^^ytag. Die Joumalieten; Heine, Harzreiee. 

GREEK 

Al Grammar: The inflections; the simpler rules for composition and 
derivation of words; syntax of cases and verbs; structure of sentences 
in general, with particular regard to relative and conditional sentences, 
indirect discourse, and the subjunctive. 

AS Elementary Prose Composition, consisting principally of detached 
sentences to test the candidate's knowledge of grammatical construc- 
tion. 

The examination in grammar and prose composition will be based on the 
first two books of Xenophon, Anabaeie. 

B Xenophon: The first four books of the Anabaaie, 
* During each year at least lix Qerman poems ahouU be oommitted to memory. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



42 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

C Homer— Iliad, I—III: The first three books of the Iliad (omittmg II, 
494-end), and the Homeric constructions, form, and prosody. 

Sight Translation of Attic Prose of no greater difficulty than Xeno- 

phon, Anabasis. 

HISTORY 

In each of the subjects the following preparation is required: 

1 Historical instruction in a high school or academy for one year to the ex- 

tent specified in the definition of the Unit of Admission Requirements. 

2 The study of an accurate historical text-book, in which not less than 500 

pages of text are devoted to the particular subject. 

3 Collateral reading of appropriate selections, in books of a less elementary 

nature, amounting to at least 500 pages. 

4 The ability to compare historical characters, periods, and events, and in 

general the power to combine in orderly fashion the results of reading. 

5 The ability to locate places historically important and to describe terri- 

torial changes and other historical movements on an outline map, ao- 
quired from the study of physical as well as political geography with the 
aid of map work. 

A Ancient History 

The course should devote one half of the year to the study of the history of 
the ancient Orient and of Greece as far as the death of Alexander and the break- 
up of his empire, with the study of Western Hellas to the death of Timoleon. 
The second half year should be devoted to the study of the history of Rome as 
far as the death of Charlemagne. During this half year time should be found 
for the study of the Hellenistic Period of Greek history and the merging of the 
story of Greece with the story of Rome. 

Since not more than one-tenth of the whole time available can be allotted to 
the study of the history of the Orient, only so much of its narrative history 
should be studied as wUl hold the story together and fix its geography and its 
time relations, including some fixed dates of early chronology. Emphasis 
should be laid, not upon the details of military and political history, but upon 
the civilization developed by the different peoples of the Orient, wiUi particular 
reference to the contributions which they made to later ages. 

When we pass to the study of Greek history, little time should be spent on 
the period prior to the Persian Wars, except to deal concretely with Homeric 
society and to emphasize the expansion of Hellas. From the Persian Wars to 
the death of Alexander the study should be exact and thorough, with special 
reference to the political, intellectual, and artistic development of Hellas during 
the Age of Pericles. Instead of trying to trace the constitutional development 
of Athens and of Sparta from the beginning, the working of government in 
these states at this, the time of their maturity, should be mastered. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 43 

In the period following the death of Alexander no attempt should be made to 
follow the intricate political history of the time, but opportunity should be 
taken either at this point or preferably in the second half year, just prior to 
studying the Roman conquest of the East, to dwell upon federal government in 
Greece and biureaucratic government in Egypt; upon science, philosophy, lit- 
erature, art, and especially religion — the decaying religion of Greece and the 
expanding cults in the East — ^in a word, upon the formation of the mixed 
Grseco-Qriental cultmre of which Rome became the heir. 

At the beginning of the second half year the history of Rome to about the 
year 300 B. C. should be covered very rapidly; the Roman religion being made 
the most important subject of study. The attempt should be made rather to 
imderstand the organization and working of Senatorial government in the third 
and second centuries B. C. than to trace the changes made in Roman institu- 
tions in the fifth and fourth centuries. From 300 B. C. to the death of Marcus 
Aurelius the study must be relatively detailed and thorough. After this period 
the course should move rapidly, lingering only on the reigns of Diocletian, 
Constantine, and Justinian. The period of, and after, the Barbarian Invasions 
must be viewed from the Roman side. Hence little attention should be given 
to Germanic or Mohammedan migrations and institutions and to the begin- 
nings of the modem nations, but emphasis should be placed upon those institu- 
tions which helped to preserve and to pass on to later ages the contributions 
of Roman civilization; as, for example, the development of Roman law and of 
the Christian Church. Throughout, wherever possible, the treatment should 
be biographical. 

B Medieval and Modem History 

The broad plan of this coinrse should be to devote one-quarter of the year's 
work to the period prior to about 1300 A. D. closing with the death of Pjope 
Boniface VIII; the second quarter should carry forward to about 1660, closing 
with the readjustments in the treaties of Westphalia and of the Pyrenees; the 
third quarter should close with the Congress of Vienna in 1815; and the work 
of the fourth quarter should be adjusted so as to give the last half of the time 
to events since 1878, with the piurpose of explaining clearly the causes and the 
issues of the war of 1914. 

The contribution of the Roman Empire, the Germans, the Christian Church, 
and Mohammedanism to medieval civilization, form the introduction to the 
study of feudalism, the crusades, the fonnation of European states, and the 
varied aspects of medieval society. The several phases of the Renaissance and 
of the Reformation should be supplemented by study of the disooveries out- 
side of Europe and of colonial rivalries. The absolute monarchy of Louis XIV, 
the enlightened despotism of Frederick the Great, and the republican govern- 
ment of Revolutionary France should be explained as types in the development 
of government on the continent. While the Napoleonic period should not be 
neglected special emphasis should be laid upon the Industrial Revolution, 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



44 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

its political and social aspects, upon the growth of nationalism and democ- 
racy, and upon the economic expansion of European states outside of Europe. 

C Modem History 

After a brief survey of the international and colonial developments since the 
age of discovery, the course should begin with a cross-section of the govern- 
mental, social, and cultural conditions in Europe about 1660 A. D. The abso- 
lute monarchy of Louis XIV, the parliamentary government of England, 
the enlightened despotism of Frederick the Great, and the republican govern- 
ment of Revolutionary France and the imperialism of Napoleon should be 
studied as types of government in the transition from medieval feudalism to 
present-day democracy. Attention should be given to the growth of national 
states and to the leading international and colonial problems since 1660 which 
culminate in the British Empire with its self-governing dominions, the partition 
of Africa, the awakening of the Far East, and the great international rivalries 
of the present generation. Emphasis should be laid upon the Industrial Revo- 
lution — ^its political and social aspects — ^and some attention should be given to 
the leading features of the internal history of England, France, and Germany. 
The study of the last half century should include some account of the great 
material changes, important inventions, and intellectual, social, and humani- 
tarian movements. 

D En^ish History 

The division of the work between the two half years should be made at 
about 1660. 

During the first half year, the periods of the early Plantagenets (Henry II 
and Edward I), of the Tudors, and of the early Stuarts should receive emphasis. 
Though the economic conditions and the relations with Scotland and France 
and later with Spain are interesting as well as important, some attention should 
be given to such more difficult topics as Anglo-Norman feudalism; the origins 
of the Constitution, especially the Great Charter and the rise of Parliament; 
and the development from feudal monarchy towards parliamentary govern- 
ment. Some attempt also should be made to explain the development and 
character of the Christian Church in England, its relations with the papacy, 
the later severance of these relations, the establishment of the national church, 
and the Puritan movement. 

In the second half year, starting with the Restoration, attention should first 
be given to the continued struggle between Crown and Parliament culminat- 
ing in the establishment of responsible government. In studying the great 
wars with France, attention should be directed to the commercial and colonial 
expansion in America and in the East. With regard to imperial policy, the 
causes and effects of the Scottish and Irish imions and the revolt of the Ameri- 
can colonies should be explained. The study of the revolution in agriculture, 
industry, and transportation should include some consideration of the conse- 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 45 

quent political and social reforms. Since the Reform Act of 1867, emphasis 
e^ould be laid upon the more important reforms affecting economic, social, 
and political life, and upon the problem of Ireland. Some idea should be given 
of the growth and nature of British power in India, and the problem of imperial 
organization. 

In general, it is desirable to emphasize the important epochs and the greater 
movements rather than to give each reign equal stress; to trace developments in 
so far as possible; to secure a clear comprehension of the more influential per- 
sonalities; and to show the relations of English history to the history of other 
countries, especially the United States. 

E American History 

The course in American history should be so arranged that the work of the 
first half year will include the administration of John Quincy Adams, while 
that of the second half 3rear will include events of recent occurrence. In the 
work of the first half year considerably more time should be spent on the period 
from 1763 to 1829 than on the period from early times to 1763; and in the 
work of the second half year more time should be given to the period since the 
Civil War than to that before. 

For the guidance of both teachers and students the following suggestions 
are made: 

1 That such topics as the routes of the principal discoverers and explorers 

the resulting claims and settlements, campaigns of the principal wars 
and territorial growth of the United States be studied primarily as map 
work. 

2 That the European backgroimd should be given particular attention dur- 

ing the colonial period and during the national period to 1823. 

3 That the various attempts at colonial union, the experiments in federal 

government, and the growth of federal power be especially emphasized. 

4 That too much time should not be given to the topics of slavery, secession, 

and the reconstruction period. Instead, special attention should be 
paid to territorial expansion, and social and industrial growth. 

5 That special importance should be accorded the policy of the United 

States in foreign affairs, tariff, banking, civil service, currency, corpora- 
tion control, conservation of natural resources, capital and labor, and 
other present-day problems. 

6 That familiarity with the Uves of great Americans should be especially 

encouraged. 

American History and Civil Government 

Candidates who wish to offer American history and civil government should 
devote approximately two-thirds of the allotted time to the study of American 
history and one third to the study of civil government. How this division of 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



46 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

time should be airanged must be left to the experience of the individual teach- 
ers since practice has been found to vary so widely that no general direction can 
be given. 

In the time devoted to the study of American history the course should cover 
lightly the period of discovery and settlement and the colonial period to 1763. 
The period from 1763 to 1837 should be covered with care. In the same way 
less emphasis may be placed upon the period from the end of the administra- 
tion of Andrew Jackson to 1865 in order that time may be found to stress the 
period since the Civil War. 

In the time devoted to the study of civil government the student should make 
a careful study of the Constitution of the United States, of the federal govern- 
ment, its powers, organisation, and workings; should understand the relations 
between the state and the federal government, and the general nature and ex- 
tent of the powers reserved to the states. 

The examiners in preparing the question papers will be influenced by the 
consideration that the work of this course must be done more thinly than in 
Course E and with much less time for collateral reading. 

For the guidance of both the teacher and the student, the following sugges- 
tions are made: 

1 That such topics as the routes of the principal discoverers and explorers, 

the resulting claims and settlements, campaigns of the prindinl wars 
and the territorial growth of the United States be studied as map work. 

2 That the various attempts at colonial union, the experiments in federal 

government, and the growth of federal power be especially emphasized. 

3 That too much time should not be given to the topics of slavery, secession, 

and the reconstruction period. Instead special attention should be paid 
to territorial expansion, and social and industrial growth. 

4 That special importance should be accorded the policy of the United States 

in foreign affairs, tariff, banking, civil service, currency, corporation 
control, conservation of natural resources, capital and labor, and other 
present-day problems. 

5 That familiarity with the lives of great Americans should be especially 

encouraged. 
The following topics should be mentioned: 

6 The purposes of government, including prevention of crime, care of 

dependents, preservation of public health, education, taxation, immi- 
gration, and control of commerce. 

7 The division of power and of activities among federal, state, and local 

governments. 

8 The federal government: its organization and working. 

9 State government: its organization, scope, and problems. 

10 Parties: their function and organization; the machinery of nomination 
and election. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 47 

11 Attempts at reform: initiative and referendmn, recall, short ballot, etc. 

Note — ^The above list is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather to sug- 
gest such representative topics as should be included in the school course. 

LATIN 
I Amount and Ran^e of the Reading Required 

1 The Latin reading, without regard to the prescription of particular 
authors and works, shall not be less in amount than Gesar, OaUic War, I-IV; 
Cicero, the orations against Catiline^ for the ManUian Law, and for Archias; 
Vergil, jyn«id,I-VI. 

2 The amoimt of reading specified above shall be selected by the schools 
from the following authors and works: Csesar, GaUic War and CioH War, and 
Nepos, Lm8\ Cicero, orations, letters, and De Senectvle, and Sallust, CaiUine 
and Jugurthine War; Vergil, Bucolics, Georgica, and JEneid, and Ovid, Jtfeto- 
morphoses, Fasti, and TrisHa, 

II Scope of the Examinations 

1 Translation at Si^t. Candidates will be examined in translation 
at sight of both prose and verse. The vocabulary, constructions, and range 
of ideas of the passages set will be suited to the preparation secured by the 
reading indicated above. 

2 Prescribed Reading. Candidates will be examined also upon the 
following prescribed reading: 

In 1920, 1921, and 1922. Cicero, the third oration against CaHline and the 

orations for Archias and MarceUus; Vergil, JEneid, II, III, and VI. 
In 1923, 1924, and 1925. Cicero, the fourth oration against CatUine and the 
oration for the ManUian Law; Vergil, JEneid, I and IV; Ovid, Metamor- 
phoses, Book III, 1-137 {Padmus)', IV, 66-166 (Pyramus and TkUbe), 
and 663-764 {Perseus and Andromeda)', VI, 165-312 {NiobeY, VIU, 183- 
235 (Dcsdalus and Icarus); X, 1-77 (Orpheus and Ewrydice); XI, 85-145 
(Midas). 
Accompanying the different passages will be questions on subject-matter, 
Uterary and historical allusions, and prosody. Every paper in which passages 
from IJie prescribed reading are set for translation will contain also one or more 
passages for translation at sight; and candidates must deal satisfactorily with 
both parts of the paper, or they will not be given credit for either part. 

3 Grammar and Composition. The examinations in grammar and 
composition will demand thorough knowledge of all regular inflections, all 
common irregular forms, and the ordinary syntax and vocabulary of the prose 
authors read in school, with ability to use this knowledge in writing simple 
Latin prose. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



48 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

SUBJECTS FOR EXAMINATION 

1 Grammar. The examination will presuppose the reading of the required 

amount of prose (see I, 1 and 2), including the prose works prescribed 

(see 11,^2). 
fi Elementary Prose Composition. The examination will presuppose the 

reading of the required amoimt of prose (see I, 1 and 2), including the 

prose works prescribed (see II, 2). 

4 Cicero (the third oration against CatUine and the oration for Archiaa and 

for MarceUus) and Sight Translation of Prose. The examination will 
presuppose the reading of the required amount of prose (see 1, 1 and 2). 
124 Latin 1, g, and 4 combined. 

5 Vergil (jEneid, II, III, and VI) and Sight Translation of Poetry. The 

examination will presuppose the reading of the required amount of 
poetry (see I, 1 and 2). 

MATHEMATICS 
A Elementary Algebra; Algebra to Quadratics and beyond 
Al Algebra to Quadratics 

The four fundamental operations for rational algebraic expressions. 
Factoring, determination of highest common factor and lowest common 

multiple by factoring. 
Fractions, including complex fractions, and ratio and proportion. 
Linear equations, both nimierical and Uteral, containing one or more 

unknown quantities. 
Problems depending on linear equations. 
Radicals, including the extraction of the square root of polynomials and 

of numbers. 
Exponents, including the fractional and the negative. 
AS Quadratics and beyond 

Quadratic equations, both numerical and literal. 

Simple cases of equations with one or more unknown quantities that can 

be solved by the methods of linear or quadratic equations. 
Problems depending on quadratic equations. 
The binomial theorem for positive integral exponents. 
The formulas for the nth term and the sum of the terms of arithmetical 

and geometrical progressions, with applications. 

It is assumed that pupils will be required throughout the course to 
solve numerous problems which involve putting questions into equations. 
Some of these problems should be chosen from mensuration, from phys- 
ics, and from commercial life. The use of graphical methods and illus- 
trations, particularly in connection with the solution of equations, is 
also expected. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 4d 

B Advanced Algebra 

Permutations and combinations, limited to simple cases. 

Complex numbers, with graphical representation of sums and differences. 

Determinants, chiefly of the second, third, and fourth orders, including 

the use of minors and the solution of linear equations. 
Numerical equations of higher degree, and so much of the theory of equa- 
tions, with graphical methods, as is necessary for their treatment, 
including Descartes's rule of signs and Homer's method, but not 
Sturm's functions or multiple roots. 
C Plane Geometry 

The usual theorems and constructions of good text-books,* including the 
general properties of plane rectilinear figures; the circle and the meas- 
urement of angles; similar polygons; areas; regular polygons' and the 
measurement of the circle. 
The solution of numerous original exercises, including loci problems. 
Applications to the mensuration of lines and plane surfaces. 
D Solid Geometry 

The usual theorems and constructions of good text-books,* including 
the relations of planes and lines in space; the properties and measure- 
ment of prisms, cylinders, and cones; the sphere and the sphisrical 
triangle. 
j The solution of numerous original exercises, including loci problems. 

Applications to the mensuration of surfaces and solids. 
F Plane Trigonometry 

Definitions and relations of the six trigonometric functions as ratios; 

circular measurement of angles. 
Proofs of principal formulas, in particular for the sine, cosine, and tan- 
I gent of the sum and the difference of two angles, of the double angle 

and the half angle, the product expressions for the sum or the difference 
of two sines or of two cosines, etc.; the transformation of trigonometric 
expressions by means of these formulas. 
I Solution of trigonometric equations of a simple character. 

I Theory and use of logaritluns (without the introduction of work involv- 

ing infinite series). 
The solution of right and oblique triangles and practical applications. 

I * The examination queetions in Plane Qeometry and Solid Geometry will be limited to 

propoaitions contained in the syllabus issued by the National Ckunmittee of fifteen appointed 
by the American Federation of Teachers of the Mathematical and Natural Sciences and the 
National Education Association. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



60 WILLIAMS COLLBGS 

SPANISH 
A Elementary Spanish 

Fint and Second Ymts 
THE AIM OF THE INSTRUCTION 

At the end of the elementary course the pupil should be able to pronounce 
Spanish accurately, to read at sight easy Spaiiish prose, to put into Spanish 
simple English sentences taken from the language of everyday life or based 
upon a iXMrtion of the Spanish text read, and to answer questions on the rudi- 
ments of the grammar, as defined below. 

THE WORK TO BE DONE 

Dining the first year the work should comprise: 

1 Careful drill in pronimciation. 

2 The rudiments of grammar, including the inflection of the regular and the 

more common irregular verbs, the inflection of nouns, adjectives, and 
pronouns, and the elementary rules of syntax. 

3 Abundant easy exercises, designed not only to fix in the memory the forms 

and principles of grammar, but also to cultivate readiness in the repro- 
duction of natural forms of expression. 
[4 The reading of about 100 pages of graduated texts, with constant practice 
in translating into Spanish easy variations based on the sentences read 
(the teacher giving the English), and in reproducing from memory sen- 
tences previously read. 

5 Writing Spanish from dictation. 

6 MemorizingofSpanishpassagesof conversational prose and of simple verse. 

Suitable texts for the first year are: A carefully graded reader for beginners; 
Juan Valera, El pdjaro verde;F6rez Escrich, Fartuna; Altamirano, La navidad 
enlasmontafieu. 

During the second year the work should comprise: 

1 The reading of about 200 pages of easy modem prose in the form of stories, 

plays, or historical or biographical sketches. 

2 Constant practice, as in the previous year, in translating into Spanish easy 

variations upon the texts read. 

3 Frequent abstracts, sometimes oral and sometimes written, of portions of 

the text already read. 

4 Continued study of the elements of grammar and syntax, and the use 

of a composition-book. 

5 Mastery of aJl but the rare irregular verb forms and of the simpler uses of 

the modes and tenses. 

6 Writing Spanish from dictation. 

7 Memorising of Spanish passages of conversational prose and of simple verse. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 51 

Suitable texts for the second year are : A collection of short stories by differ^ 
ent authors; a collection of brief comedies; a collection of easy lyrics (Spanish 
and Spanish-American) or of verse fables; a Spanish or Spanish-American 
historical reader; Alarc6n, El Capitdn Veneno; Garri6n and Aza, ZaragUeta; 
Frontaura, Las tiendcta; Quintana, Vaaco NMez de Balboa; Jorge Isaacs, Maria; 
Palacio Vald^s, JoaS; M^bmol, Amdlia. 

B Intermediate Spanish 
Third Year 

THE AIM OF THE INSTRUCTION 

At the end of the intermediate course the pupil should be able to read at 
sight ordinary Spanish prose or simple poetry, to translate into Spanish a con- 
nected passage of English based on the text read, to answer questions involving 
a more thoroiigh knowledge of syntax than is expected in the elementary course, 
and to carry on a simple conversation in Spanish. 

TEm WORK TO BE DONE 

This should comprise the reading of from 300 to 400 pages of Spanish of 
ordinary difficulty; constant practice in giving Spanish paraphrases, abstracts, 
or reproductions from memory of selected portions of the matter read; the dis- 
cussion in Spanish of the main facts of Spanish and Spanish-American geog- 
raphy, history, and customs, for the study of which the teacher will provide the 
material; the study of a grammar of moderate completeness; the use of a 
composition-book; writing from dictation. 

Suitable texts for the third year are: Taboada, CtterUoa dlegres; Isla's version 
of the Gil Bias; Selgas, La mariposa hlanca; P^rez Gald6s, Dofia Perfeda; 
Palacio Vald^s, La Hennana San Svlpicio; a collection of essays dealing with 
Spanish or Spanish-American life and customs; Moratin, El 8i de las nifias; 
Larra, Partir a Hempo; plays of the Alvarez Quintero brothers; plays of Bena- 
vente. 

ASSIGNMENT OF UNITS 

In the terms of the scale of values adopted by the National 
Conference Committee on Standards of Colleges and Secondary 
Schools, where the unit represents one year's work in a secondary 
school, with four or five periods per week, the admission subjects 
listed above have weights assigned as follows: 

Biology 1 unit 

Botany 1 " 

Chemistry 1 " 

English 1 2 units 

English ;9 1 unit 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



52 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



French il 
French B 
Gennan A 
German B 
Greek A 
Greek B 
Greek C 
History A 
History B 
History C 
History D 
History JE7 
History G 
Latin 1 
Latin )9 
Latin 4 
Latins 

Mathematics Al 
Mathematics Ai^ 
Mathematics B 
Mathematics C 
Mathematics D 
Mathematics F 
Physics 
Spanish A 
Spanish B 
Zodlogy 



2 units 

1 miit 

2 units 
unit 



units 
unit 



ARRANGEMENT OF EXAMINATIONS FOR ADMISSION 

Examinations for admission are held twice each year, in June 
and in September. 

In June the admission examinations of the college are those 
of the College Entrance Examination Board, of which Williams 
College is a member. An application for the privilege of taking 
these examinations must be made to the Secretary of the College 
Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New York, 
N. Y., from whom all necessary information regarding the June 
examinations can be obtained. These examinations are held 
annually in June in Williamstown, and at many other places 
throughout the country. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 63 

COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXAMINATION BOARD 
Examinations, June 19-24, 1922 

The application for examination must be addressed to the College Entrance 
Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New York, N. Y. It must be 
made upon a blank form to be obtained from the Secretary of the Board upon 
request. 

The examination fee for 1922 wiU be 19.00. The fee, which must accompany 
the application, should be remitted by postal order, express order, or draft on 
New York to the order of the College Entrance Examination Board. 

Applications and fees of candidates who wish to be examined outside of the 
United States and Canada must reach the Secretary of the Board at least six 
weeks in advance of the first day of the examinations, that is, on or before 
May 8, 1922. 

Applications and fees of candidates who wish to be examined in the United 
States at points west of the Mississippi Biver, or in Canada, must be received 
at least four weeks in advance of the first day of the examinations, that is, on 
or before May 22, 1922. 

Applications and fees of candidates who wish to be examined in the United 
States at points east of the Mississippi Biver or on the Mississippi Biver must 
be received at least three weeks in advance of the first day of the examinations, 
that is, on or before Monday, May 29, 1922. 

When the candidate has failed to obtain the required blank form of applica- 
tion for examination, the usual examination fee wiU be acc^ted if the fee ar- 
rive not later than the specified date accompanied by a memorandmn contain- 
ing the name and address of the candidate, the exact examination center 
selected, and a list of all the subjects in which he may have occasion to take 
the Board examinations. 

Applications received later than the dates named wiU be accepted when it is 
possible to arrange for the admission of the candidates concerned, but only 
upon the payment of an additional fee of 19.00. 

Detailed definitions of the requirements in all examination subjects are given 
in a circular of information published annually by the Board. The edition to 
be published August 1, 1921, wiU be designated as Docmnent No. 101. Upon 
request a single copy of this dociunent wiU be sent to any teacher without 
(^large. In general a charge of twenty cents, which may be remitted in post- 
age, wiU be made. 

A list of the places at which the examinations are to be held by the Board 
in June, 1922, wiU be published about March 1. Requests that the examina- 
tions be held at particular points, to receive proper consideration, should be 
transmitted to the Secretary of the Board not later than February 1. 

The marks given by the Board to the papers submitted will 
be accepted by the college on the same terms as the results of 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



64 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

the examinations conducted by the coUege in September. Can- 
didates for admission to Williams College shoidd forward the 
results of their examinations, as soon as (hey are received from 
the Board, to the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions, 
Williams CoUege, Williamstown, Mass. 

The custom of sending examination papers from the college in 
June to preparatory schools for the use of candidates desiring 
to take the Williams College examinations there is not employed. 
In September the admission examinations are given only by 
the college and do not include the subjects, Biology, Botany, 
Chemistry, Physics, and Zoology. They will be held for the next 
college year in rooms 11 and 15, Hopkins Hall, and in room 5, 
Griffin Hall, on the Friday, Saturday, Monday, Tuesday, and 
Wednesday before the beginning of the first semester, i. e., Sep- 
tember 15-20, 1922, as follows: 

Fbidat, Sept. 16 
8 A. M. — *French A 
2 p. M. — *German A 
^Spanish A 

Satubdat, Sept. 16 
8 A. M.— tFrench B 
2 p. M. — fGerman B 
fSpanish B 

Monday, Sept. 18 
8 A. M.-^English 1 
10 A. M.— English e 
2 p. M.— Greek A, B, C, and G 

Mathematics B, D, and F 

Tuesday, Sept. 19 
8 A. M. — ^Latin i, iS and 4 
2 p. M. — Mathematics A and C 

Wednesday, Sept. 20 
8 A. M.— History A, B, C, Z>, E, and G 
2 p. M. — ^Latin 6 

* The examination at the ooUefe in September includes an oral tett in pronnneiatioD. 

t Candidatea for admianon are required to gain credit in French A, German A, or Spanish A 
before trying French B, Geftnan B, or Spanish B respectively in September. See footnote, 
page 31. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 56 

Examinations in Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, and 
Zoology are offered in June only. 

It is desired that candidates for admission to Williams College 
by examination take only the examinations offered by the Col- 
lege Entrance Examination Board in June and by the college in 
September. Official statements showing that candidates have 
passed admission examinations at another college or university 
may be accepted in case the candidate decides to transfer his 
application for admission from such other college or university 
to Williams College. But the examinations of the September 
in which the candidate seeks admission may not be taken else- 
where than at Williams College. 

The passing mark, for both preliminary and final admission 
credit, is fifty in all admission subjects, a mark of seventy-five 
being necessary, however, in any subject offered for college 
credit. (See pages 58 and 59.) 

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS 

The comprehensive examinations given in Jime by the College 
Entrance Examination Board will be accepted for what they 
cover in Chemistry, English, French, German, Greek, Latin, 
Mathematics, Physics, and Spanish. No comprehensive exami- 
nations are offered by the college in September; an examination 
paper combining Latin 1, 2, and 4 is given. 

PRELIMINARY ADMISSION EXAMINATIONS 

Preliminary examinations in any of the requirements for ad- 
mission may be taken a year or more in advance; but, in accord- 
ance with the rules of the College Entrance Examination Board, 
the candidates for such examinations in June should submit in 
advance, from the principals of their schools, certificates speci- 
fying that their teachers consider them prepared in the subjects 
selected; whiU candidates for preliminary examination in Sep- 
tember miLst submit such certificates of preparation and also satis- 
factory evidence thai they have made a thorough review during the 
summer. Blank forms for use in submitting evidence of fitness 
for preliminary examinations in September may be obtained from 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



66 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions. Such a form, 
properly filled out, should be submitted by every preliminary 
candidate not later than one week before the beginning of the 
September examinations. 

The examination will in all cases cover the whole of each sub- 
ject offered by the candidate; for example, Greek B, Latin 4, 
or Mathematics C may not be divided between the preliminary 
and the final examinations. 

In order to prevent interruption to studies that may be con- 
tinued in college, candidates are advised to reserve the following 
subjects for the final examinations: English 2, Greek C, Latin 4 
or 5, and Mathematics A2 or C (or Mathematics B, D, and F, 
if these subjects are offered.) 

The times and places of the preliminary examinations, as well 
as the questions submitted and the mark required for passing, 
are the same as for the regular final examinations. 

ADMISSION BY CERTIFICATE 

Under certain conditions specified below, certificates made out 
on prescribed forms and signed and submitted by the principals 
of approved preparatory schools are accepted in place of exami- 
nations in the various admission subjects. Certificates will, how- 
ever, not be accepted for French A or B, German A or B, Spanish 
A or Bj or Mathematics B, D, or F, when offered for college credit, 
or for the anticipation of any course of study offered in college. 

The certificates of the schools approved by the New England 
College Entrance Certificate Board are accepted, in accordance 
with the regulations of the college and subject to the rules of the 
Board, for admission to Williams College. Certificates are not 
accepted from any schools in New England which lack the ap- 
proval of that Board. Principals of schools in New England 
who desire the certificate privilege should address the Secretary 
of the Board, Dean Frank W. Nicolson, M.A., Wesleyan Uni- 
versity, Middletown, Conn. Applications must be received by 
the Secretary before April 1 in order to be regularly approved 
for the next college year. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLBOE 57 

Application for the certificate privilege, or for renewal of the 
privilege, for schools outside New England should be made by 
the principal on a blank provided for the purpose by the Chairman 
of the Committee on Admissions. 

These applications will ordinarily be granted if the school has 
at least one candidate already nearly prepared for admission to 
Williams College, and if the Faculty of the college has such in- 
formation concerning the work of the school as seems to it to 
warrant granting the privilege. In general, a school that has 
recently sent to the college by examination properly trained stu- 
dents is considered entitled, on application, to receive the certifi- 
cate privilege and to retain it as long as there is no radical change 
in the efficiency of the school; but any school will be dropped from 
the approved list whenever, for a period of five years, it has sent no 
students to the college. A school thus dropped may apply for 
renewal of the privilege whenever it has a candidate nearly ready 
for admission. 

The certificate privilege is not granted to private tutors, and 
it is not to be used for any work done with private tutors, but 
only for work done regularly in the school whose principal signs 
the certificate. 

The certificate privilege is revocable in all cases where, in the 
opinion of the Faculty of the college, it is not properly used. 

Certificates must be made out on blank forms furnished by 
the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions, and in accordance 
with the instructions contained therein. 

The certificate method of admission is intended for use only in 
connection with students whose scholarship has been of good 
order in school, and it is therefore expected that the certificate 
will include at least two-thirds of the total number of units 
represented by the subjects in the admission group in which the 
candidate proposes to enter. To cooperate with those schools 
which require a higher grade of work for certification than for 
graduation the college will, however, accord credit for any 
reasonable number of subjects in which, in the opinion of the 
principal, certification grade has been attained by the candidate. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



6S WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

A student who has failed to pass the admission examinations 
in September at this or any other college will not be admitted 
by certificate unless he has had; since such failure, at least a 
year of study in the school issuing the certificate. 

Certificates will not be accepted for any subject in which a 
student has failed at the admission examinations, imtil he has 
reviewed the subject in school. 

Freshmen who have entered by certificate and have subse- 
quently been dismissed for failure to matriculate may reenter 
with the next class on such terms as the Committee on Admis- 
sions may prescribe. 

When a year, or more has passed between the time of comple- 
tion of the work for which the certificate vouches and the time of 
admission to college, satisfactory evidence that the candidate has 
kept up his studies in the interval is required. 

Certificates must be signed by the principal of the school (or 
some officer duly qualified to act in his stead) who by his signature 
assumes responsibility for the candidate's preparation in the sub- 
jects certified. All certificates are to be sent to the Chairman 
of the Committee on Admissions, and they should be submitted as 
soon as possible after the completion of the school year in June. 

Copies of the prescribed form will be sent to the principal of any 
approved school on request, but they are not sent to other persons. 

The diplomas "with credit,*' and marks as high as seventy- 
five per cent in individual subjects, gained at the examinations 
of the Board of Regents of the State of New York, are accepted 
for what they cover in all admission subjects prescribed by 
Williams College. 

ANTICIPATION OF COLLEGE COURSES 
I. Subjects in the Admission Lists 

Any college course included among the admission subjects in 
Class B listed on page 31 of this catalogue, if offered in addi- 
tion to the subjects required in the student's chosen admission 
group, may be counted as contributing toward the degree pro- 
vided that it is passed with a mark as high as 75 at the admission 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 60 

examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board in June 
or of Williams College in September. 

The college courses which may be anticipated thus by passing 
the corresponding admission examinations of the College En- 
trance Examination Board in June or at the college in September 
are the following: — French 1-2, French 3-4, German 1-2, German 
3-4, Spanish 1-2, Spanish 3-4, Mathematics 1-2. (See pages 31 
and 32 for table of equivalents.) 

II. Subjects not in the Admission Lists 

Any student may be allowed, by special vote of the Faculty, 
to anticipate by examination a course of study not included 
among those mentioned in the above paragraph, if he gives evi- 
dence of having had satisfactory instruction in the subject in 
some school or college. In such anticipatory examinations, a 
grade as high as B is required. 

GRADUATION IN THREE YEARS 

A student who is able to anticipate at admission, in accordance 
with the above rules, at least two college courses, may, by taking 
the requisite number of extra courses, complete the requirements 
for graduation in three years; but the Faculty will decline to per- 
mit a student to undertake this unless his general scholarship is 
of high order. 

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING 

Students who come from other colleges and who bring cer- 
tificates of honorable dismissal may, on proof of their qualifica- 
tions, be admitted to a corresponding standing in this college. 



All correspondence in maUers of admission to college should be 
addressed to the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



CURRICULUM 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The curriculum of Williams College provides, in the first place, 
for a distribution of the student's work among the three Divisions 
of 

I Foreign Languages 

II English, History, Government, Economics, Philosophy- 
Ill Sciences 

and, in the second place, for the concentration of part of his work 
in one well-defined field. Distribution of work is secured in 
Freshman year by a system of requirements and options based 
upon entrance credits; and in subsequent years by the requirement 
that every student shall take, after the completion of Freshman 
year, at least two year-courses in each of the Divisions other 
than the one in which his work is concentrated; at least one 
course in each of these Divisions must be taken in Sophomore 
year. No course in Spanish, and no year-course of admission 
grade in French or German (French 1-2, French 3-4, German 1-2,* 
or German 3-4,*) will be accepted as satisfying the foregoing Divi- 
sion requirement. Concentration of work is secured by requiring 
each student to choose a Major Group consisting in general of an 
introductory Sophomore course, three prescribed courses in 
Junior year, and two advanced year-courses, or their equivalent in 
semester courses, in Senior year. Aside from the restrictions 
resulting from Major Groups and Division choices, the student's 
work is elective. 

The Exhibit of Divisions and Major Groups is given on pages 
66-68. All electioQS are subject to the prerequisites published 
on pages 71-106. 

* Because of the failure of many preparatory sohoola to teach German during recent yean, 
Qerman 1-2 and German 3-4, if taken in college before Junior year, will for the present be ac- 
cepted in satisfaction of the Division requirement. 

60 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 61 

Any student of very high scholarship may, with the written 
approval of the professors concerned, petition the Faculty for 
greater freedom of election of courses in the Junior and Senior 
years than is afforded by the arrangement of the curriculum. 
Such petitions will be referred to the Advisory Committee for 
consideration and report to the Faculty, and will be decided with 
a view to the establishment in due time of a sjTstem of honors 
courses. 

FRESHMAN TEAR 

In the Freshman year a student must continue Latin or Greek 
and must elect four other courses, three from certain prescribed 
options and one from any courses open to Freshmen for which he 
has the proper prerequisites. 

SOPHOMORE TEAR 

The student must take five courses, at least one in each Divi- 
sion, from those open to Sophomores. One of these shall serve 
as the introductory coiu^e of the Major Group which is to be 
selected at the end of the Sophomore year. The restrictions con- 
cerning the election of modern language courses as Division 
choices must be observed. 

JUinOR TEAR 

Each student must take the three courses of the Major Group 
that he has selected. He must also elect two other courses. 
K he has not during the Sophomore year completed the Division 
requirement, he must do so in either the Junior year or the Senior 
year. 

SEiaOR TEAR 

Each student must complete his Major Group by taking two 
year-courses, or their equivalent in semester comrses, from those 
comprised in the Group. He must also elect at least two other 
year-courses, or their equivalent, completing, if he has not ab-eady 
done so, the Division requirement. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



62 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

GRADES 

The grade system of marking used is defined as follows: 
There shall be five grades, indicated thus: A, "excellent"; 

B, "good''; C, "fair"; D, "passable"; E, "failure." 
The interpretation of the several grade names, "excellent," 

"good," "fidlure," etc., rests wholly with the judgment of the 

individual instructor. 

COMPLETION OP COURSES 

A course will be considered satisfactorily completed for any 
semester when the student has obtained a grade as high as D 
based on both the daily work (which shall include all oral or 
written exercises prior to the semi-annual examination) and the 
semi-annual examination, f A student failing to obtain a grade 
as high as D must, if the course is required, repeat it the follow- 
ing year, or in case of French 1-2, French 3-4, German 1-2, 
German 3-4, Mathematics 1-2, Spanish 1-2, or Spanish 3-4, pass 
the corresponding admission examinations in June or September 
with a mark as high as 75. Attention is called to the fact that 
after 1921 students may not obtain credit in these courses by ad- 
mission examinations unless these examinations are taken before 
the beginning of the third year in college. 

GRADUATION 

The number of year-courses,* or their equivalent in semester 
courses, required for graduation is 20; but every student, in 
order to be graduated, must have attained a grade above D in at 
least one-half the number of year courses, or their equivalent in 
semester courses, taken by or credited to him in college; and 
all courses regularly taken in the Senior year must be passed, even 
though they may not be necessary for completing the number of 
courses indicated above. 

BACHELOR OP ARTS 
The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred by vote of the 
Trustees at the annual commencement upon students who have 

* A yvar-oouxM it a ootine oocupying 3 hours each week throucliout the year. 

t A ttudent deficient in his daily work willnot be admitted to the semi-aimual eiamination. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 63 

completed the requirements as to courses^ hours, and grades to 
the satisfaction of the Faculty (see pp. 6X-62), have paid to the 
Treasurer all college dues and other college charges, and have 
returned all books belonging to the library; but the degree may 
be forfeited by misconduct at any time previous to the close of 
the commencement exercises. 



GROUPS OF HOURS 







ARRANGED ACCORDINQ TO TIME I 








Mon. 


Tues. 


Wed. 


Thurs. 


Fri. 


Sat. 


SKX) 


D 


Q 


D 


A 


Q 


A 


9:00 


E 


H 


E 


B 


H 


B 


10:00 


F 


1 


F 


C 


1 


C 


11 KX) 


J 


M 


J 


K 


L 


K 


IKX) 


K 


A 


G 


J 


D 




2K)0 


L 


B 


H 


L 


E 




SKX) 


M 


C 


1 


M 


F 





ARRANGED ACCORDING TO LETTERS: 

Group A Th., Sat., 8:00-9:00; Tu., 1:00-2:00 

Group B Th., Sat., 9:00-10:00; Tu., 2:00-3:00 

Group C Th., Sat., 10:00-11:00; Tu., 3:00-4:00 

Group D M.,W.,8.-OO-0:OO;F., 1:00-2:00 

Group E M., W., 9K)0-10K)0; F., 2K)0-5K)0 

Group F M., W., 10K)0-11:00; F., 3.KXMK)0 

Group Q Tu., F., 8:00-9:00; W., 1:00-2:00 

Group H Tu., F., 9:00-10:00; W., 2K)0-3:00 

Group I Tu., F., 10K)0-11 :00; W., 3 KXM:00 

Group J M., W., 11:00-12:00; Th., 1:00-2.00 

Group K Th., Sat., ll:00-12.-00; M., 1:00-200 

Group L M., Th., 2:00-3K)0; F., ll.'00-12:00 

Group M M., Th., 3:00-4:00; Tu., 11:00-12K)0 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



EXHIBIT OF FRESHMAN STUDIES 



The following exhibit of studies indicates the courses of instruc- 
tion that are open to Freshmen: 



1 


2 


3 


lAtin 1-2 


French 3-4 


Rhetoric 1-2 


Greek 1-2 


French 5-6 


American National 




Spanish 3-4 


Problems 1-2 




Spanish 5-6 












German 5-6 




4 




6 


Mathematics 1-2 




French 1-2 


Mathematics 3-4 




German 1-2 


Physics 1-2 




Greek 21-22 
Spanish 1-2 

Any one of the other courses 
open to Freshmen 



The student's field for choice in the languages and sciences 
is determined by the subjects offered by him for admission. 
See pages 30 and 31. 

In Freshman year the student is required to take five courses 
according to the following plan: 

1. A required course in either Latin or Greek. Students offering Greek at 
entrance will take Greek 1-2; all others will take Latin 1-2. 

2. A course continuing a modem language offered at entrance. The courses 
open to election under this requirement are French 3-4, French 5-6, German 
3-4, German 5-6, Spanish 3-4, and Spanish 5-6. A student who offers Spanish 
at admission, and does not offer French or German, will be required to begin 
either French or German in Freshman year and will not be required to continue 
Spanish. Students entering with Greek in place of a modem language are re- 
quired, in case they offer no modem language at entrance, to elect a beginning 
language course. 

64 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 66 

3. Either Rhetoric 1-2* or American National Problems 1-2. 

4. Either Mathematics 1-2 (Mathematics 3-4) or Physios 1-2. 

5. One of the courses already enmnerated as open to Freshmen, or one of the 
following courses: French 1-2, German 1-2, Greek 21-22, and Spanish 1-2. f 

In addition to the five courses referred to above, each Freshman 
will take the required courses in Hygiene, Physical Training, and 
Public Speaking. 

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS WITHIN MAJOR GROtTPS 

In their major groups students will take courses as indicated 
in the Exhibit of Divisions and Groups. The following special 
requirements within the majors must also be observed: 

Greek. A student who begins Greek in college and who majors in Greek 
must complete, before graduation, the course Greek &•€, 

French and German. A student majoring in a modem language must com- 
plete, before graduation, the course numbered 9-10 in that language. 

English. Since Rhetoric 6-6 is an essential part of the English major group, 
the requirement of Rhetoric UB as prerequisite for Rhetoric 6-6 makes it neces- 
sary for all students planning to major in English to elect Rhetoric UB, 

History. History 7-9 is a required course in the Senior year. 

Govemment. Government 9-10 is a, required course in the Senior year. 

Economics. Economics 5-6 \b a required course in the Senior year. 

Philosophy. Philosophy 7-9 is a required coiurse in the Senior year. 

Mathematics. A student majoring in Mathematics must take at least 
one course in Mathematics in his Senior year. 

Physics. A student majoring in Physios must complete, before graduation, 
the course Physics 7-8. 

* Students who do not elect Rhetoric 1-2 in Freshman year and during that year are reported 
from the course in American National Problems as deficient in command of English, shall be 
required to submit themselves to tests imposed by the Department of Rhetoric, and, if the re- 
sults of these tests are unsatisfactory, to take Rhetoric 1-2 in Sophomore year. 

t Not more than one beginning language course may be taken in Freshman year. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



66 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



m g 

I 

o i 

I2i i § 



m o 



^ i 
S 

XI I 



•g 



S 






gS 

|6 



^1 

Qi 



nil 



Ills 






I 



O 



d dig 

III 



ill" 






I 







I 






I 



Ml 

c»3 w"" 



•w" O 



I 



8 

I 



■8 



S5 
H 

3 






O 



8 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILUAMS COLLEGE 



67 



o 

§ 

Pi 
O 



I 



O 



II 






3S 
So 






I 



GQ 

a 







500CJ 



I 



III 



i § 



I 




Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



68 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 






o 

m 
I— I 

> 

5 

o 

H 






y 



Is 



^1 



IPS 



52 ^ 
§§ 2 

nil 



III 



I 



I 



I 



i 



«8.2.SS 
•lllll 



cSJOd 



8 



I 



8 



lllll 




I 



^4 

III 

PQPQm 




g 



o 

s 



I 

I 

I 

5 



I 

I 

1 

I 

I 

.9 



I 

.9 



s 

I 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



I 






^JB 2 



oSSS gSSGooSSS 



i ^ 

■ on 






H 



Q 
at 

I 

I 

^1 



8 e?t 

I 



I 



I 



O 



I 






i Si? iLif- i llrjifss isrsll 

*:; '■iill ''tlil^ll ^ ''llllillll "=111111 



^ 00 



« 



if 
1 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



68 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



I 



I 

I— I 

m 
I— I 

> 

5 
(^ 

o 

H 



P 



13 



|5 



5 1 



^1 

OS 



sll 



S8 



11 
II 



52 ^ 



I 



I 



QO 



ocll|.§ 



SHI 



csjO d 



8jf ^ 




il 

So 






il 



flijQo 



2 

8 



g 



s 

n 



I 
I 
J 

■I 
I 

I 



I 



8 
1 

I 
I 



I 

.9 



^ 

5 



^ 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



I 

i 



1 Ut^ I SbbigjiJ 



I 

l-H 



at 

I 

8 





2 I 2 -2 



I 



.23 

5^ "' 



gjj §6 



* I &b2S25 






I 

E 



^ «t i 



i mil *imnl ^ "liiiHIII yillll 



I 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



70 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



tl 




laillllllll 



8 

9 









Hill I ^^11| 4illl 



gooo^o^Pk 



1 



8 

s 



P^ 



2352 




If 



i 




£ s.; 



.1' li* 



Hiiif 



5 

a 

I 

3 
8 




4 lililil ^mM 






I 



1 
I 



Digitized by 




COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 



Courses designated by a single numeral are semester courses; odd numerals 
are employed for courses given in the first semester and even numerals for 
courses given in the second semester. Year-courses are designated by an 
odd numeral and an even ntmieral joined by a hyphen, and the work of the 
two semesters covered constitutes an integral, indivisible course. 

All courses (except required Freshman Hygiene and Public Speaking) are 
given three hours each per week. 

The group letter in black-faced type (A, B, etc.) at the right of tiie page, 
below the title, indicates the set of recitation hours employed. See key on 
page 63. Roman numerals preceding group letters indicate sections. Group 
letters joined by a hyphen (as A*-B) signify a two-hour period in laboratory 
courses. 



DIVISION I 

GREEK 

Professor Howes, Professor Diceebman, Assistant Professor Clare, and 
Assistant Professor Galbratth. 

Greek 1-2. Herodotus, New Testament, and Homer 

Required course for Freshmen in Admission Group I. 

Group letter, B 

Selections from Herodotus. Attention is given to a review of Greek forms 
and syntax, with reference to Goodwin's Greek Grammar, 

New Testament Greek. The gospel of Mark and parts of the other gospels. 

Homer, The Phceadan Episode of the Odyssey, Some of the principal 
Homeric questions are discussed. The instructor gives to the class several 
readings from portions of the poem not prescribed for the daily work. 

Professor Howes and Professor Dickebman. 

Greek 3-4. Plato and Greek Drama 

Prerequisite, Greek 1-2. Group letter, D 

The first semester: Plato. Plato's Apology and Crito and selections from 
other dialogues. There is some discussion of the earlier Greek philosophy and 
of the philosophy of Plato. Professor Dickbrman. 

The second semester : Greek Drama, Aristophanes, Sophocles, and Euripides. 
The first part of the work in the drama is devoted to Greek comedy; the 

71 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



72 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Clouds of Aiistophanes and selections from the Birda and the Frogs are read. 
Later one or more plays of Euripides and the AniiQone of Sophocles are read by 
the dasB, chiefly from the literary point of view. Attention is given to the 
influence of the Greek drama on later literature and to comparisons with the 
modem stag^. Assistant Professor QALBSuara. 

Greek 5-6. Demoethenes, Homer, and Lyric Poetry 

Prerequisite, Gbbsk 3-4. Group letter, F 

The first semester: Demosthenes. It is planned to read most of the public 

orations of Demosthenes, including the Philippics, On (he Peace, On (he Cher^ 

sonese, and most of the speech On the Crown, 

The literary and historical aspects of the orations are studied with some care. 

Assistant Professor Galbbaith. 
The second semester: Homer and the Lyric Poets. Considerable portions 
of the Iliad are read, the aim being to gain an acquaintance with the poem as a 
whole. The development of Greek poetry up to the fifth oentiuy is traced in a 
study of the more important lyric fragments. Professor Dickbbhan. 

Greek 7. Thucydides and Plato 

Prerequisite, Grbbk 5-6. Group letter, A 

Parts of the history of Thucydides are read with a view to appreciating the 
personality of the author and the character of the Athenian state. This is 
followed by the study of parts of Plato's BepubUc. Professor Dickebman. 

Greek 8. iCschylus and Sophocles 

Prerequisite, Gbbek 5-6. Group letter, I 

Several plays of .£schylus and Sophocles are read. 

Theocritus. The course ends with the reading of the best of the Idyls of 
Theocritus. Asedstant Professor Galbraith. 

Greek Archseolo^ 

To students in Greek 7 and Greek 8 there is offered an additional exercise 
weekly in the reading of Greek inscriptions and the study of Greek vase-paint- 
ing, sculpture, coins, etc. 

One hour a week through the year, without college credit. 

Professor Digxidbman. 

Greek 9-10. Greek Literature 

Prerequisite, Litbbatubb 1-2. Group letter, K 

Junior elective course. 

The chief masterpieces of Greek literature are read in English translation 
and their content and structure are studied. The origin and development of 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 73 

the various types of poetry and prose are traced and their influence on later 
literatures are discussed. No knowledge of the Greek language is required. 

Professor Dickbbhan. 

Greek ll-History 12. Greek History and Roman History 

Prerequisite, Histobt 3-4; or, for students majoring in Greek or Latin, 
Gbebk 3-4 or Latin 3-4. Group letter, G 

Greek 11 and History IfS constitute a Senior indivisible year-course. See 
History 12, 

Greek 11. Greek History. The social, political, and military history of the 
Greek world, from the origins of the cities to the Roman conquest. Greek 
democracies, especially at Athens, Syracuse, and Tarentum; Alexander, and 
the Hellenistic kingdoms; the federal unions; and the republic of Rhodes. 
Attention is given to the social and political theory of the Greeks. 

Reading, lectures, quizzes, and written work. 

The required reading in this course is in English only, but consultation of 
the Greek sources is encouraged. 

Special instruction is offered, if desired, to prospective teachers, or to any 
students wishing to attempt some original investigation, but the course aims 
primarily to trace for the general student the progress of Hellenic civilization, 
with emphasis upon its abiding influences on later times. 

Assistant Professor Clabk. 

Greek 21-22. Elementary Greek Group letter, E 

An introductory course beginning with the elements of the language and 
leading up to the reading of simple prose. Assistant Professor Galbbaith. 

Greek 23-24. Intermediate Greek 

Prerequisite, Gbeek 21-22. Group letter, J 

This course continues the work of the elementary course Greek 21-2B. The 
study of the language will be carried on in connection with the reading of prose 
works and parts of the Homeric poems. On completing this course students 
will be admitted to Greek 1-2 (or, with the permission of the Advisory Com- 
mittee and on recommendation of the Department, to Greek 5-4). 

Professor Dicksbman. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



74 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

LATIN 

Professor Wild, Professor Howes, Professor Wetmobe, Professor Diceerman, 
and Assistant Professor Galbratth. 

Latin 1-2. Selections from the Roman Historians and from the 
Roman Poets 

Freshman required course (elective for those offering Greek at admis- 
sion). 

Group letters, I, I ; II, E; III, B; IV, A; V, J ; VI, L; VII, A; VIII, I ; IX, K 

The chief aim is to develop the preparatory training of the student into power 
to read Latin with appreciation. There is frequent practice in sight work. 
Assignments are given for collateral reading in the history of the Pimic Wars. 

Selections from Latin Poets. The work of the second semester is devoted 
entirely to selections from the Latin Poets. 

Mackail's Latin LUerature is used throughout the year. 
Professor Wild, Professor Howes, Professor Wbtmobe, Professor Dickerman, 

and Assistant Professor Galbraith. 

Latin 3-4. Latin Comedy, Private Life of the Romans, Tacitus, and 
Horace 

Prerequisite, Latin 1-2. Group letters, I, A; II, F 

Sophomore elective course. 

The first semester: LaUn Comedy, The primary aim in this part of the 
course is to trace the development of Latin Comedy, and to study its spirit as 
shown in the plays of Plautus and Terence. The Captiui and the Trinummiis 
of Plautus and the Adelphoe of Terence are read carefully, and other plays are 
either read at sight by the class or translated by the instructor. 

Private Life of the Romans. Once in two weeks an exercise is devoted to the 
study of Roman life and customs, with illustrations by means of lantern slides 
and other material. Professor Wild. 

The second semester: TacUus and Horace, The reading work of the second 
semester is divided between the Agricola of Tacitus and the Odes of Horace. 
If possible, several of Horace's Satires are read during this part of the course. 

In connection with the Odes of Horace some attention is paid to the EngUsh 
lyric, involving the preparation of careful translations from the Latin and a 
comparison of the better known English versions. The student is encouraged 
to commit to memory some of the famous passages from the Odes, 

Professor Wetmobe and Assistant Professor Galbbaith. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 76 

Latin 5-6. Vergil, Catullus, and Rapid Reading 

Prerequisite, Latin 3-4. Group letter, H 

Junior elective course. 

The first semester: Vergil, The object of this part of the course is to give 
the student a thorough knowledge and a high appreciation of the works of 
Vergil. Several of the Edogties and selections from the Georgica are read. 
About two-thirds of the semester is devoted to reading the last six books of the 
Aeneid, partly by the entire class in regular assignments, and partly by individ- 
ual assignments and reading at sight. 

The second semester: CatvUua and Rapid Reading of Prose AtUhora. The 
greater part of Catullus is read. Passages from any source tending to throw 
hght on the interpretation of the poet are read at sight. 

The work of the second half of the semester consists of the rapid reading of 
the Letters of Cicero and of Pliny. The aim is to cultivate an appreciation of 
Latin literature and facility in grasping the thought immediately through the 
language. Professor Wbtmorb. 

Latin 7. A Brief Survey of Latin Literature from the Earliest Period 
to the End of the Augustan Period 

Prerequisite, Latin 6-6. Group letter, B 

Senior elective course. 
The plan of this course involves (1) a reading of selected portions of the most 
important authors, especially those not included in the other courses, and (2) 
informal lectures upon the rise and development of the various forms of litera- 
ture, with such notice of the authors and their works as shall help to assign 
them their place in literature. Professor Wild. 

Latin 8. A Brief Survey of Latin Literature from the End of the 
Augustan Period to the Third Century 

Prerequisite, Latin 6-6. Group letter, B 

Senior elective course. 
While this course may be taken independently of LaUn 7, chronologically it 
follows Latin 7, in tracing the further development of Latin literature after the 
Augustan period. Selected portions of the most important authors are read, 
especially those not included in the other courses; and informal lectures are 
given upon the authors studied and their works s6 that their place in Uterature 
may be appreciated. Professor Wild. 

Latin Composition 

To those who intend to become teachers of Latin there is open in connection 
with Latin 7 and Latin 8 an additional course of one hour a week in advanced 
Latin composition, without college credit. Professor Wild. 

For Roman History, see History 12. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



76 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

ROMANCE LANGUAGES 

Professor Tatlob, Assistant Professor Bice, Assistant Professor J. N. Cbu, 
Mr. A. L. CbU; Mr. Whitman, Mr. Aguilbba, and Mr. Defbbrabi. 

FRENCH 

French 1-2. Elementary French 

Group letter, A 

This course includes the study of grammar and composition, and the reading 
of modem French, with training in pronunciation and the use of conversational 
French. Special attention is given to dictation. Mr. A. L. Cbu. 

French 3-4. Intermediate French 

Prerequisite, French 1-2 or Admission Fbench A, 

Group letters, I, G ; II, H ; III, I 

This course continues all the work of French U2. Standard authors are 
read, and the use of the spoken language is increased. 

Assistant Professor J. N. Can and Mr. A. L. Cbu. 

French 5-6. Advanced French 

Prerequisite, French 3-4 or Admission French B; students admitted 
with French EC* take French 6 only. 

Group letters, I, D; II, E; m, F; IV, E; V, K; VI, K; VII, H ; VIII, H 

A rapid survey of the whole of French literature, using Histaire Ulusbrie de 
la LitUratwre Frangaiae by Abry, Avdic et Crouzet, Didier, Paris. Standard 
prose will be read. Throughout the year composition, dictation, and practice 
in spoken French. 

Professor Taylor, Mr. Whitman, and Mr. Deferrari. 

French 7-8. The French Drama 

Prerequisite, French 5-6. Group letters, I, B; II, C; III, J 

A study of the French Drama from its origins, with special emphasis upon 
the period from Comdlle to the end of the nineteenth century. The course 
includes reading, lectures, composition, and oral practice. The course is 
conducted in French. Mr. A. L. Cbu. 

French 9-10. The French Novel 

Prerequisite, Fbench 7-8. Group letter, A 

A study of the French novel in the nineteenth century preceded by a short 
survey of the early development of fiction and the history of its evolution dur- 

* See reqiiirementa of College Entranoe Ezamlnation Boctrd. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE ' 77 

ing the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The course is conducted in 
French. Outside reading is assigned. Assistant Professor J. N. Gru. 

[French 11-12. French Literature of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth 
Centuries 

Prerequisite, French 9-10. Omitted in 1921-22. 

This study is preceded by a survey of the literature of the Middle Ages. 
Lectures, readings, and reports.] 

French 13-14. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century 

Prerequisite, French 9-10. Group letter, K 

A study of the literature of France during the eighteenth century. Montes- 
quieu, Voltaire, Diderot and the Encydopidte, Rousseau and his followers, the 
inter-relations of English and French literatures during this period, the Salona, 
literature of the Revolution, etc., will furnish some of the material of the course. 
Lectures, readings, and reports. The course is conducted in French. 

Assistant Professor J. N. Gru. 

ITALLAJ^ 

Italian 1-2. Elementary Grammar and Reading of Classical and 
Modem Italian 

Prerequisite, French 3-4. Group letters, I, M ; II, M 

Junior elective course. 

This course includes a practical training in Italian grammar and composi- 
tion, and the reading of standard works of literature. 

Assistant Professor Rice and Mr. Dbferrari. 
Italian 3-4. Intermediate Italian 

Prereqiiisite, Italian 1-2. Group letter, A 

Senior elective course. 

This course continues the work of Italian l-£. Different typical forms of 
Italian literature are read and discussed, with emphasis on the modem period. 
Practice will be given in conversation and in composition. 

Assistant Professor Rice. 

SPANISH 

Spanish 1-2. Elementary Spanish 

Group letters, I, C; II, D; III, H ; IV, A; VIII, J 

This is a course for beginners in grammar, composition, and reading. The 
dass is divided into small sections. Conversation begins early in the course. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



78 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Pronunciation is emphasized. Spanish-American variations from the Castilian 
are explained. Texts by both Spanish and Spanish-American authors are 
used. The course aims to provide the student with a large reading and speak- 
ing vocabulary and extensive practice in writing Spanish. 

Assistant Professor Rice, Mr. Aguilera, and Mr. Dbferrari. 

Spanish 3-4. Intermediate Spanish 

Prerequisite, Spanish 1-2 or Admission Spanish A. 

Group letters, I, I; II, K; III, B; IV, I 

This course continues the work of Spanish 1-2. Selections from standard 
authors and, at least, one complete novel are read. The grammar is reviewed 
with special attention to the verb system. Composition and conversation are 
increased. Mr. Whitman and Mr. Aguilera. 

Spanish 5-6. Advanced Spanish 

Prerequisite, Spanish 3-4 or Admission Spanish B. 

Group letters, I, L; II, L 

This course affords a rapid survey of Spanish literature with lectures based 
on such manuals as Fitzmaurice-Kelly, Ticknor, and Coester. Both classical 
and modem authors are read. Ck)mpo6ition is continued, and written reports 
on outside reading are required. The course is conducted as much as possible 
in Spanish. Assistant Professor Bice, Mr. Whitman, and Mr. Aguilera. 

Spanish 7-8. Spanish Drama and the Spanish Novel 

Prerequisite, Spanish 6-6. Group letter, E 

During the first semester this course will study Spanish drama from the 
sixteenth century to the present time. Representative plays will be read 
and interpreted. During the second semester the general subject of study 
will be the Spanish novel, both of Spain and the Spanish American countries. 
Advanced composition and reports throughout the year. Spoken Spanish 
will be used as much as possible in the class-room. 

Assistant Professor Rice and Mr. Agxhlera. 

GERMAN 

Assistant Professor Long, Assistant Professor Johnson, and 
Assistant Professor Hewitt. 

German 1-2. Elementary German 

Group letters, I, B ; II, C; III, H 

This is a course in grammar, composition, and the reading of narrative prose 
and some Ijrrics, also memorizing of poetry. Oral use of the language is intro- 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 79 

duoed gradually, and special attention is paid to pronunciation in the small 
sections into which the class is divided. 

Assistant Professor Johnson and Assistant Professor Hewitt. 

Gennan 3-4. Intermediate German 

Prerequisite, Gbrman 1-2 or Admission German A. 

Group letters, I, G; II, I ; III, I 

This course is intended to give the student a fair reading knowledge of the 
language. The first semester is devoted to the reading of modem prose, and 
the second semester to the reading and interpretation of at least two representa- 
tive classical dramas. Grammatical work and composition are continued. 
Assistant Professor Johnson and Assistant Professor Hbwitt. 

German 5-6. Advanced German 

Prerequisite, German 3-4 or Admission German B; students admitted 
with German BC* take German 6 only. 

Group letters, I, L; II, E; III, F 

This course is devoted to the reading and interpretation of selections from the 
works of Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller, and is also intended to serve as a general 
introduction to German literature. It is conducted as far as practicable in 
Gennan, and includes composition, collateral reading, and supplementary 
lectures. 

Assistant Professor LoNO and Assistant Professor Hewitt. 

German 7-8. Nineteenth Gentury Literature 

Prerequisite, German 5-6. Group letters, I, E; II, F 

In this course representative dramas and novels of the nineteenth century 
are read and discussed. A study is made of the history and development of the 
Gennan literature during the century, and considerable attention is devoted 
to the various literary movements and to the representative writers of the 
period. The course includes lectures, collateral reading, and written reports. 

Assistant Professor Johnson. 

German 9-10. Goethe 

Prerequisite, German 7-8. Group letter, E 

This course includes the reading and interpretation of representative works 
of Goethe, together with a study of his life and character. In the first semester 
selections from his autobiographical writings, poems, and dramas are read and 
discussed. The work of the second semester is devoted to the study of Faaat, 

* See reQuirements of College Entrance EzaminAtion Board. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



80 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

and to kindred dramas in European literature. The course includes lectures, 
collateral reading, and reports. Assistant Professor Long. 

German 11-12. Modem Literature 

Prerequisite, German 9-10. Group letter, H 

A study of the development of German literature from the rise of Naturalism 
to the present. Special emphasis will be laid on the novel and the drama. The 
coiurse includes lectures, collateral reading, and reports. 

Assistant Professor Long. 

German 13-14. Literature of the Eighteenth Century 

Prerequisite, German 9-10. Group letter, G 

A study of German literature, beginning with the eighteenth century and 
extending through the early years of the nineteenth century. Considerable at- 
tention is given to the political and social conditions and to the Uterary relations 
between Germany and other countries. The coiurse includes lectures, discus- 
sions based upon assigned readings, and special reports. 

Assistant Professor Long. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 81 

DIVISION n 



ENGLISH 

Professor Maxgt, Professor Dutton, Professor Licklider, Assistant Profes- 
sor Allen, Mr. Smith, and Mr. Taettsch. 

RHETORIC 

Rhetoric 1-2. Expoaition and Narration 

Group letters, I, H ; II, J ; III, K; IV, G; V, L; VI, F; VII, E; VIII, I 

Freshman course, required of those not taking American National 
Problems 1-2; elective for all others, unless they are reported from 
the course in American National Problems as deficient in command 
of English. See note on page 65. 

The first semester: Exposition, This part of the course aims, first, by system- 
atic drill to encourage the habit of correct expression; second, to develop in the 
student the ability to understand logical discourse and to apply this knowledge 
in the work of exposition. All exercises and themes are subjected to detailed 
criticism. 

The second semester: Narraiion, The elements of narration are discussed 
in turn: setting, character, plot; also the various forms of narrative composi- 
tion: paragraph items, the short-story, biography, history, etc. In connection 
- with theise topics the class studies a number of literary masterpieces. The 
class is also required to present original exercises in narrative composition: at 
least two short-stories of the length usually foimd in magazines, and many 
brief exercises, such as character sketches, biographic summaries, studies in 
setting, character, etc. 
Professor Maxgt, Assistant Professor Allen, Mr. Smith, and Mr. Taeubch. 

Rhetoric 5-6. Argumentation 

Prerequisite, Rhetoric 1-2.* Group letter, B 

Junior elective course. 

The purpose of the course is to train the student in logical and systematic 
methods of thought. The main divisions of the course are: (a) correct phras- 
ing of propositions; 0>) analysis of propositions; (c) study of evidence; (d) in- 
ductive and deductive methods of reasoning; (e) generalization and analysis; 
(f) causal relations; (g) fallacies; (h) methods of refutation; (i) construction 
of briefs; (j) rhetorical qualities of the forensic; (k) persuasion. 

* Students electing Rhetoric 6-6 for the college year 1022-1023 may offer aa the prerequiiite 
Rhetorio 1-2 or its equivalent. Conault the statement on page 05 regarding Rhetoric 1-2. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



82 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

In connection with the study of argumentative theory, each student is 
trained in the practice of argumentative composition through the writing of 
extended briefs, forensics, and various argumentative themes and exercises. 
As in Rhetoric l-iS, the work of each student is subjected to extended criticism. 

Professor Maxgt. 
Rhetoric 7. Criticism 

Prerequisite, Ltteraturb 3-4 or Literature 5-6 or Rhetoric 5-6. 
Senior elective course. Group letter, A 

This course is devoted to the study of literary criticism. The discussions are 
supplemented by extensive readings in the literature of criticism and by essays 
on critical topics chosen in connection with the readings. 

Assistant Professor Allen. 
Rhetoric 8. Advanced Composition 

Prerequisite, Litbrature 3-4 or Ltterature 5-6 or Rhetoric 5-6. 
Senior elective course. Group letter, H 

A study of the rhetorical principles and elements of style, with constant 
practice in selected types of composition. This course is designed for students 
who are specially interested in writing and who are prepared to do intensive 
work. Class-room study and criticism will be supplemented by private 
conferences. Professor Licklider. 

ENGLISH LITERATURE 
Literature 1-2. English and American Literature 

Prerequisite, Rhetoric 1-2 or its equivalent.* 

Sophomore elective course. Group letters, I, D ; II, E; III, E 

The primary aim of this course is to present the main facts in the history of 
English and American literature. In order to illustrate the study of literary 
developments, a considerable amoimt of reading is assigned in the more impor- 
tant writers. During each semester the members of the class are expected to 
investigate and report on topics chosen in consultation with the instructor. 
About two-thirds of the year is devoted to English literature, the remainder to 
American literature. The work is arranged with a view to laying a broad 
foundation for the more advanced courses in the subject. 
Professor Dittton, Assistant Professor Allen, Mr. Smith, and Mr. Taeusch. 

Literature 3-4. The Elizabethan Drama 

Prerequisite, Literature 1-2. Group letter, I 

Junior elective course. 

This course deals with the history of the English drama from the Miracle 
Plays to the closing of the theatres. Most of Shakspere's plays are read, 

* Coniult the statement on page 65 regardinc Rhetoric 1-2. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 83 

and a detailed study is made of the more important. Boasts Shakapere and 
his Predecessors is used as a general text-book. 

Professor Lickudbr. 

Literature 5-6. English Literature from Milton to Scott 

Prerequisite, Ltteratube 1-2. Group letter, J 

Junior elective course. 

The first semester: The Classical Period (1660-1784). Lectures are given 
on the history and interpretation of the literature of the age. Extensive 
reading, with a view to first-hand knowledge of the thought and temper of 
the chief authors, is required. The characteristics of neo-dassicism as repre- 
sented by English writers from Dryden to Johnson, and the nature of the 
emerging romantic school, receive special consideration. 

The second semester: The Age of BomanHcism (1784-183B). The develop- 
ment of romanticism during the indicated period is carefully traced, and the 
principles and theories of the leading romantic writers are analyzed, but im- 
portant figures and works of other schools are not neglected. The authors 
considered include Blake, Bums, Wordsworth, Ck>leridge, Keats, Byron, 
Shelley, Jane Austen, Scott, Lamb, DeQuincey, and Landor. 

Professor Dutton. 

Literature 7. English Literature, Victorian Period (1832-1900) 

Prerequisite, Lttbratubb 3-4 or Litesratubb 5-6. Group letter, D 

Senior elective course. 
By means of assigned reading, class discussion, and interpretative lectures* 
the leading writers of the time are introduced to the student. Their work is 
studied both for its artistry and for its significance in the world of thought. 
Special attention is paid to transcendentalism, the Oxford movement, humani- 
tarianism, the theories of evolution, the esthetic movement, and naturalism, 
as these are mirrored in Viqtorian literature. Professor Dutton. 

Literature 8. American Literature of the Nineteenth Century 

Prerequisite, Lttebatubb 3-4 or Litebatubb 5-6. Group letter, D 

Senior elective course. 

This course consists of a careful study of the principal American writers from 
Irving to Howells, with emphasis placed each year on a particular author or 
movement. The subject for special consideration in 1921-22 is the New 
England Transcendentalists. Assistant Professor Allen. 

[Literature 9. Old English 

Pl-erequisite, Literatube 3-4 or Litebature 5-6. 

Senior elective course. Omitted in 1921-22 

This course includes both an historical survey of the literature from the sev- 
enth century to Chaucer and an elementary study of Old English. Selections 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



84 WILLIAMS COLLEGS 

from representative works are read in the original. Considerable attention is 
devoted to the linguistic principles involved in the development of English. ^ 
Smith's Old English Orammar and Bright's Anglo-Saxon Reader are used as 
texts.] 

Literature 10. Middle En&lisli 

Prerequisite, Literatubb 3-4 or Litibratubb 5-6. Group letter, J 

Senior elective course. 

This course includes careful reading of all of Chaucer's important works, par- 
ticularly the Canterbury Tales and TroUus and Criseude, Attention is paid to 
the social and political conditions of the fourteenth century. 

Assistant Professor Allen. 

Literature 11. Tlie Modem Drama (1642-1920) 

Prerequisite, Ltterature 3-4 or Literatubb 6-6. Group letter, H 
Senior elective course. 

An historical survey of English drama from the closing of the theatres to the 
present day, and a study of the technique of the drama. The course includes 
the reading of representative plajrs from Dryden to Barrie. 

Professor Licklider. 

[Literature 12. Tlie En^lisli Bible 

Prerequisite, Ltterature 3-4 or Ltterature 5-6. 

Senior elective course. Omitted in 1921-22 

In this course the King James version is read carefully, and examinations are 
held on the assignments. Lectures are given on the history, the literary qual- 
ity, and the influence of the Bible. A study is made of seventeenth century 
authors affected by Biblical literature, sucl^as Milton, Herbert, and Dryden.] 

Literature 13. The Entf ish Novel 

Prerequisite, Ltterature 3-4 or Ltterature 5-6. Group letter, E 

Senior elective course. 

A survey and critical examination of the principal types of English prose 
fiction from Samuel Richardson to George Eliot. In 1921 the course of study 
included Pamela, Tom Jones, Evelina, Pride and Prejudice, Heart of Midlothian, 
Old Curiosity Shop, Pendennis, Jane Eyre, Wvihering Heights, Barchester 
Towers, Put Yourself in His Place, and Adam Bede, 

Professor Maxgt. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 85 

Literature 14. The Modem Novel 

Prerequisite, Litbbature 3-4 or Literature 5-6. Group letter, E 

Senior elective course. 

A study of English fiction from the latter part of the Victorian period to the 
present day. The work includes an inquiry into the ideas and methods of the 
more important writers, based upon extensive reading of their novels. 

Professor Dxttton. 

PUBLIC SPEAKING 

Professor Lickuder, Mr. Smith, Mr. Taeusch, Mr. Lton, and Mr. Terry. 

Public Speaking 2 

Freshman required course. Hours assigned. 

This course aims (1) to emphasize some of the fimdamental principles of 
public speaking and (2) to apply them to the speech of the individual. The 
class is divided into smaU sections, and extendied drill is given each student in 
both declamation and extemporaneous speaking. The choice of speakers for 
the prize contest in declamation is based on this work. 
Professor Licklider, Mr. Smith, Mr. Taeusch, Mr. Lyon, and Mr. Terry. 

Public Speaking 3-4 

Prerequisite, Literature 1-2. Group letter, A 

Junior elective course. 

This course is designed to familiarize the student by experience with all the 
important types of pubUc speaking. Topics of local, national, and international 
interest furnish the subject matter for this work. Bassett's Handbook of Oral 
Reading is used as a manual for the study of the elementary principles of 
speaking. 

Extended drill is given to all speakers who compete in prize contests, and to 
those who are to appear on the commencement platform. 

Professor Lickuder. 

HISTORY 

Professor Goodrich, Professor Smith, Assistant Professor Clark, and Assist- 
ant Professor Bufpinton. 

History 1-2. General European History (375-1774) 

Sophomore elective course. Group letters, I, A; II, E; III, L 

The work of the first semester covers the field of general Eiux)pean history 
from the Barbarian Invasions to the Renaissance. That of the second semester 
comprises the period from the Reformation to the eve of the French Revolution. 

The methods comprise a text-book, lectures, collateral reading, and frequent 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



86 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

written tests. Particular attention is given to the method of study and the 
use of materials by the student. 

This coiu'se is the fimdamental one in the department, being the prerequidte 
for all other courses in History, and also for those in Art and Government. 
Although open to members of the upper classes, it is intended primarily for 
Sophomores, and it is desirable that it be taken in the Sophomore year. 

Professor Goodrich and Assistant Professor Buppinton. 

History 3-4. The History of the United States (1783-1919) 

Prerequisite, Histoby 1-2. Group letter, G 

Junior elective course. 
This course covers the history of the United States under the Constitution, 
tracing, in the first semester, the establishment of domestic and foreign policies 
and the divergence between Northern and Southern States which led to the 
disruption of the Union in 1861. In the second semester it studies the trans- 
formation of the politics and government of the coimtry from the outbreak of 
the Civil War to the termination of the World War. Lectiures, readings, reci- 
tations, weekly tests, and individual reports on assigned topics. 

Professor Smith and Assistant Professor Buffikton. 

History 5-6. European History — Era of Revolution and Reconstruc- 
tion (1774-1900) 

Prerequisite, History 1-2. Group letter, C 

Junior elective course. 

The work of the first semester begins with the eve of the French Revolution 
and concludes with the settlement of Europe at the Congress of Vienna (1815) 
after the dose of the Napoleonic Wars. The semester is devoted to the study 
of the period of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Empire. The 
course of the movement, its causes and results are studied in relation to the 
principal states of Europe. 

The work of the second semester begins with the reactionary period following 
the Congress of Vienna and the national revolutions of 1848. Then the impor- 
tant constructive movements in Italy, Austria-Hungary, and Germany are 
studied, followed by the Franco-German War, the founding of the German 
Empire, and of the Third Republic in France, the Balkan settlement at the 
Congress of Berlin (1878), concluding with a brief survey of European condi- 
tions at the close of the nineteenth century. Professor Goodrich. 

History 7-8* Advanced^American History 

Prerequisite, History 3-4. Group letter, D 

Senior required course in the History Major, not open as an elective. 
This coiu*se is intended primarily to give the student training in the analysis 
of historical material. For the year 1921-22 it will be devoted in the first sem- 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 87 

ester, to the colonial and revolutionary period; in the second semester, to 
selected topics in American foreign policy. In each field the student will be 
required to prepare an analytical and constructive study, based, so far as 
possible, on the use of source material. 

Professor Smith and Assistant Professor Buffinton. 

History 9. EngUsh History (1558-1783) 

Prerequisite, History 3-4 or History 5-6. Group letter, M 

Senior elective course. 

This course studies the history of England from Elizabeth to George IH, 
tracing the rise of the contest between crowns and parliament, the revolutions 
of 1649 and 1689, the development of parties and the cabinet system until 
the final failure of royal control. 

Professor Smith. 

History 10. The British Empire (1783-1914) 

Prerequisite, History 3-4 or History 5-6. Group letter, M 

Senior elective course. 

This course covers the history of the British Empire since 1783 with special 
emphasis upon the development of popular government in Great Britain and 
the British colonies, the expansion of the British Empire in Asia and Africa, 
and the analysis of the principles governing British foreign policy with regard 
to European controversies, culminating in the war of 1914. 

Assistant Professor Buffinton. 

History 12. Roman History during the Revolution and the Empire 

Greek 11 and History 12 constitute a Senior indivisible year-course. 
See Greek 11 for prerequisite. Group letter, G 

The economic, social, political, and military history of the Roman world 
from the age of the Gracchi to that of Theodosius. 

Reading, lectures, quizzes, and written work. Consultation of the Latin 
sources is encouraged but not required. 

Special instruction is offered, if desired, to prospective teachers, or to any 
students wishing to attempt some original investigation; but the course aims 
primarily, while not neglecting great personalities, to survey for the general 
student of history or of the classics the Roman foundations of European 
civilization. Assistant Professor Clark. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



88 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

ECONOMICS 

Professor Dbopfebs, Professor McLaben, Assistant Professor Clabk, and 
Assistant Professor Bbll. 

Economics 1-2. General Economics 

Sophomore elective course. Group letters, I, C ; II, J ; III, D 

This course is a study of the leading principles of economic science with some 
applications to modem industrial conditions. Study of text-books and of as- 
signed collateral reading is the basLs of the work. Discussion of this matter 
in class is supplemented by occasional lectiures and by weekly written tests. 
Professor Dboppers, Professor McLaren, Assistant Professor Clabk, and 

Assistant Professor Bell. 

Economics 3-4. Economic History 

Prerequisite, Economics 1-2. Group letter, A 

Junior elective course. 

[Required of all men majoring in Economics beginning with the Class 
of 1923.] 

A study of the evolution of industrial society from the beginning of the 
modem period to the present. Most time will be devoted to the period since 
the Industrial Revolution in Europe and the United States, but attention will 
be paid to the recent economic development of other regions. Topics included 
are the great inventions and their effects, the factory system and labor legisla- 
tion, agrarian changes, steam transportation and the modem railway problem, 
the tariff and financial histories of leading coimtries, the economic causes and 
consequences of wars, and recent developments in industrial organisation. 
Particular attention will be paid to the historical genesis of the modem labor 
problem. 

Lectures, text4x)oks, and collateral reading. 

Individual reports on special subjects. 

Professor Droppers and Assistant Professor Clark. 

Economics 5-6. Banldng and Foreign Exchange; Corporate Finance 

Prerequisite, Economics 3-4. Group letter, B 

Senior course required in the Economics Major, not open as an elective. 

This course is the required senior course for all students majoring in Econom- 
ics and as such it is intended primarily to give the student training in the 
analysis of economic material. In the first semester descriptive and historical 
materials will be used to develop the chief principles and problems of modem 
conunerdal banking and of foreign exchange. The second semester deals 
mainly with the organization, financial policy, and operation of business enter- 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 89 

prizes, especially in the corporate form. A systematic course in reading is 
prescribed, and most of the exercises are conducted by the method of informal 
discussion. From time to time special problems are assigned each student for 
analysis and report. 

Professor McLabbn and Assistant Professor Bbll. 

Economics 7. Public Finance, including Taxation 

Prerequisite, Economics 1-2. Group letter, E 

Senior elective course. 

An introductory study, theoretical and practical, of public expenditures, 
public revenue from taxes and other sources, public debts, and financial admin- 
istration and legislation, in our national, state, and local governments. Special 
topics are assigned each student for study and report. 

Assistant Professor Bell. 

Economics 8. Labor Questions and Labor Legislation 

Prerequisite, Economics 1-2. Group letter, E . 

Senior elective course. 

A study of the modem labor movement in America and abroad, of the forms, 
aims, and character of unions, and of the questions, proposals, and legislation 
affecting the relations of employers and employed. Topics included will be 
iinmigration,imemployment, strikes and conciliation, "scientific management,'' 
systems of payment, compensation, insurance, welfare activities, housing laws, 
wages-boards, cooperation and other projects of social reform, socialist theories 
and party policies, and syndicalism. Assigned reading in text-books, mono- 
graphs, reports, and periodicals. Economics S-4 is recommended as desirable, 
though not essential, to precede this course. A special subject is assigned each 
student for study and written report. Assistant Professor Clabk. 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

President Gabfield, Professor Smith, Professor Douohtt, Assistant 
Professor Bell, and Mr. Httbbard. 

Government 1-2. Introduction to Political Science 

Prerequisite, American National Problems 1-2. Group letter, F 
Junior elective course. 

The first semester consists of the theories and principles of government upon 
which is based the Constitution of the United States, as those theories and prin- 
ciples are presented in The FederdLisl, which work is used as a text-book. The 
second semester is devoted to a study of the principles and practices of gov- 
ernment in the leading countries of the world where the cabinet S3rstem is used; 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



90 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Great Britain, and the British dominions, France, Italy, Spain, Germany, and 
others. Lectures, oral and written recitations, and, in the second semester, 
the preparation of reports upon the constitutional and poUtical documents of 
the countries studied. 

Professor DouGHTt (first semester); Mr. Hubbabd (second semester). 

Government 3. History of Primitive Institutions 

Prerequisite, Governiosnt 1-2. Group letter, K 

Senior elective coiuse. 

This course is a study of the structure of primitive societies, and the origins 

and development of legal and political institutions as found chiefly in the earlier 

Roman law, and the laws and political institutions of medieval Europe. The 

work consists of oral and written recitations, lectures, and assigned readings. 

Professor Doughty. 

Government 4. History of Primitive Institutions, continued 

Prerequisite, Govebnment 3 or Government 6. Group letter, K 

Senior elective course. 
This course is a continuation of Govemm^vU 5, being confined, however, to 

the study of the nature and development of the early common law of England. 

The work consists of oral and written recitations, lectiures, and assigned 

readings. Professor Doughty. 

Government 5. Jurisprudence 

Prerequisite, Govbrnbibnt 1-2. Group letter, J 

Senior elective course. 
This course is a study of the theory and structure of law, its sources and sub- 
ject matter. The work consists of oral and written recitations and lectures. 
Holland's Elements of Jurisprudence is used as a text. Professor Doughty. 

Government 9-10. Municipal Government and Constitutional Law 

Prerequisite, Government 1-2. Group letter, F 

Senior required course in the Government Major, not open as an elective. 

This course is required of all seniors completing the Government Major 
Group and is open only to them. The methods of instruction consist of 
lectures, recitations, class discussions, and the preparation of individual as- 
signments. The first semester is devoted to a study of the structure and 
functions of city government in Europe and the United States. The gov- 
ernment of a particular city is assigned to each student for special examina- 
tion. The second semester is devoted to an introduction to the constitu- 
tional law of the United States. The work is based on a text-book and on 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 91 

actual cotirt decisions and opinions, and each student will prepare opinions 
and briefs on constitutional problems. 

President Gabfibld and Mr. Httbbard (first semester) ; Professor DouaHTT 
(second semester). 

AMERICAN NATIONAL PROBLEMS 

President Garfield, Professor Smith, Professor Pratt, Professor McLaren, 

Assistant Professor Bell, and Mr. Hubbard. 
American National Problems 1-2 

Freshman course, optional with Rhetoric 1-2. Group letters, I, I ; II, L 
Not open as an elective to Juniors or Seniors. American National 
Problems 1-2 may not coimt in fulfilment of the Junior Major Groups 
in History or Economics unless taken in Junior year. 
This course is intended to give Freshmen and Sophomores a general intro- 
duction to the present-day problems of American poUtical and industrial hfe. 
The first semester deals with the questions raised by the working of our political 
parties; the second considers the problems arising from such questions as 
immigration, agriculture, manufacturing, railways and shipping, the just dis- 
tribution of wealth, and the relation of these subjects to government control. 
The chief object of the course is to stimulate political thinking, and to that end 
class discussion in small sections forms the principal means of instruction. 
There are, in addition, lectures, readings in text-books and source materials, 
and frequent written tests. 

PHILOSOPHY , 

Professor Pratt and Assistant Professor Procter. 
Philosophy 1-2. Elementary Psychology and Ethics 

Sophomore elective course. Group letters, I, F; II, J 

The first semester: The larger part of the semester is devoted to a study 

of the essential facts of individual human psychology. This is followed by a 

brief introduction to social psychology, and to some of the problems of 

philosophy. Assistant Professor Procter. 

The second semester: The attempt is made by means of discussions, original 
papers, and assigned readings, to build up a system of ethical principles and 
to apply them to various problems of individual and social life. 

Professor Pratt. 
Philosophy 3-4. History of Philosophy 

Prerequisite, Philosopht 1-2. Group letter, M 

Junior elective course. 
The aim of this course is to acquaint the student with the development of 
philosophic thought in ancient Greece and Rome and in Western Europe 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



02 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

from the Middle Ages up to the present century. The leading philosophers 
are read in connection with a text-book, and this is supplemented by assigned 
historical reading, lectures, written papers, and discussion. 

Professor Pbatt and Assistant Professor Proctbb. 



Philosophy 5-6. Social Psychology and Social Ethics 

Prerequisite, Philosopht 1-2. Group letter, D 

Junior elective course. 

The first semester: A study of the fundamental principles of human nature 
as they work themselves out in society, and the psychological aspect of various 
social problems. Professor Pratt. 

The second semester: An investigation of the concept of justice and of 
social institutions in the light of this concept. 

Assistant Professor Pbocteb. 

Philosophy 7-8. Contemporary Metaphysics 

Prerequisite, Philosopht 3-4. Group letter, G 

Senior required course in the Philosophy Major. 

The first semester will be devoted to a study of modem realism and to the 
mind-body problem. In the second semester the problems of philosophy will 
be discussed from an idealistic standpoint. 

Throughout the year the pro-seminar method will be used with reports, 
discussions, and an original paper from each student. 

Professor Pbatt and Assistant Professor Pbocteb. 



RELIGION 

Professor Mobton and Professor Pbatt. 
Religion 1-2. History of Religions 

Junior elective course. Group letter, L 

The first semester : The more important ideas and institutions of the religions 
of primitive peoples are first considered, after which the religions of China, 
India, Persia, Israel, and Islam are taken up in some detail. The instruction 
is by lectures with short quizzes, required reading from the Sacred Books, and 
reports on them. In addition to this each student chooses some topic for in- 
dependent investigation and writes a thesis upon it. Professor Pbatt. 

The second semester: The religions of Greece and Rome, and the chief de- 
velopments of Christianity to the beginning of the medieval period. Lectures, 
required reading, and a thesis. Professor Mobton, 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



Williams college! 93 

Religion 3. Medieval Christianity 

Prerequisite, Religion 1-2 or Philosopht 1-2. Group letter, I 

Senior elective course. 

A study of the thought and emotion of Catholicism at the period of its great- 
est vitality and splendor. Lectures, required reading, and a thesis. 

Professor Morton. 
Religion 5. The Nature of Religious Experience 

Prerequisite, Religion 1-2 or Philosopht 1-2. Group letter, M 

Senior elective course. 
The chief facts of religious experience as interpreted by ancient and modem 
thought. Lectures, required reading, and a thesis. Professor Morton. 

Religion 6. The Fundamental Problems of Religion 

No prerequisite. Group letter, M 

Senior elective course. 
A search for the Reality corresponding to the assumptions and the aspira- 
tions of religion. The arguments of natural theology justifying belief in God. 
Lectures, required reading, and a thesis. Professor Morton. 

HISTORY OF ART AND CIVILIZATION 

Professor Weston. 

Art 1-2. History of Art from Antiquity through the Italian Renais- 
sance 

Prerequisite, History 1-2. Group letter, H 

Junior elective course. 

Fee, $8. 
Beginning with the civilization of Egypt, the architecture and sculpture of 
Antiquity and the Middle Ages and the painting of the Italian Renaissance 
are studied as the jexpression of the civilization and ideals of each period. In 
addition to the three regular exercises of the course, each student is required 
to attend a weekly conference hour with the instructor. Illustrative matter 
is fiimished by lantern views, photographs, and charts. Lectm^s and weekly 
assignments of reading. 

Arts. Painting and Architecture 

Prerequisite, Art 1-2. Group letter, L 

Senior elective course. 
Fee, $3.60. 
This course is a study of the development of the northern schools of painting 
in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries and of the architecture of the Italian 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



94 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Renaissance and its influence in other countries. Lectures and weekly assign- 
ments of reading. 

Art 4. Painting of the Seventeenth, Eighteenth, and Nineteenth 
Centuries 

Prerequisite, Abt 1-2. Group letter, L 

Senior elective course. 
Fee, S3.60. 

The aim of this course is to familiarize the student with each important 
school of painting and to furnish a basis for independent judgment. 

GLASS IN DRAWING 

In addition to the courses in the history of art, the department offers this 
year instruction in drawing. This course will be under the direction of Mrs. 
William M. R. French and is open to all students. The class will meet once a 
week through the year. No college credit is given for this work. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 95 

DIVISION in 



MATHEMATICS 

Professor Hardt, Assistant Professor Shepard, and Assistant Professor 

AOABD. 

Mathematics 1-2. Plane Trigonometry, Advanced Algebra, Analytical 
Geometry, and Surveying 

Freshman course, optional with Physics 1-2. 

Group letters, I, D; II, E; III, A; IV, B; V, D; VI, C 

Plane Trigonometry. Logarithms; trigonometric fimctions; trigonometric 
analysis; solutions of right and oblique triangles. 

Advanced Algebra, Graphical methods; complex ntunbers; determinants; 
theory of equations. 

Analytical Geometry of straight line, circle, parabola, ellipse and hyperbola. 

Field Work in Surveying, This portion of the course is optional. 
Professor Hardy, Assistant Professor Shbpard, and Assistant Professor Aoard. 

Mathematics 3-4. Analytical Geometry and Calculus 

Prerequisite, Mathebiatics 1-2 or Admission Mathematics B,D, and F. 

Group lettera, I, A; II, G ; III, D ; IV, G 
Sections I and IV are reserved for those who have not had Mathe- 
matics 1-2 in college. 

Sophomore elective coiurse; optional with Physics 1-2 for Freshmen 
who have college credit in Admission Mathematics B, D, and F, 
Graphs of algebraic and transcendental fimctions; anal3rtical geometry of 
conies and special curves; parametric equations; polar coordinates. Differen- 
tiation with applications to geometry and mechanics. Integration. Space 
geometry. 
Professor Hardy, Assistant Professor She^ard, and Assistant Professor Aoard. 

Mathematics 5-6. Differential and Integral Calculus 

Prerequisite, Mathematics 3-4. Group letter, K 

Junior elective course. 
This course continues the work begun in MathemaHca 3-4, &nd takes up more 
advanced methods of integration; the determination of lengths, areas, volumes, 
mean values, centers of gravity, moments of inertia, approximate integration, 
etc. It also includes a discussion of Taylor's Series and an introduction to 
differential equations. Professor Hardy. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 






yjcMM ^0^.ev^ ^f0aan^ 



VvMJ^Mm 4^ *M msiu^. lamk Mid j/i^ 
^ o.y^^^ ^M WUl ^4 mAi0!^ mmoikt wpcd watiaiet^ 




HfMfjr <il^be;tire ^pitm. 



MmI^^ of wA'Okm U ik^t mm^ia Utnam <d o ri a n ar y and pBitbl ^ 
^fu^ftm^ ffft^^frft^i^Afe ifi MTK*, Wf^;J^stiSkMm to prjibfeaB in gjuuiLUj and the 
fil^riiMAj m ^ffOfj^f «4e. TIm; ««iae if baaed on Coben't IHfenmtiai Eq^tahtrnM. 



M9themuttl€9 1§. Modunt Methods ht i 

Pmnf^imU^f MAtaMMATiCB bS or Matbematiob 7-& &Diq> letter, A 



Vro^f^mf |voK«tfre and penpeetnre idatioodupa, faannooic and anfaar- 
monk fi^ti/^, isfyz/JfitioOy ttmmf p^ea and pdais, redpiocation, inveEBan, etc 

Awartant IV o fcJ Bor Agasd. 

Pr^^|iiiMt«^ MAnmfiiTici 1*2, Qroap ktter, I 

Junior d«etire eoume. 

TIm iinvi MmcwUr: MaihemaHc$ of Finamu. Tbeoirj o£ interest and di»- 
c/mni; annuiiiim; MnwtmUon; raluatkm of bonda; amking funds and dqve- 
(^iion, Mirtbodn of eomputaiion of interest-tables and bond-taUes. Intro- 
duction to actuArii^ maiheiDAtief; endowments, life annuities, oonqratation 
of Insumnee i>reiniunM and resenres. Mathematie$ cf Finanee, by Riets, 
f ^athrmie, and Riets k the text-book used. 

The second semester: Theory and Methods cf Statistics, Collection and 
compilation of statistics; graphical methods; averages; interpolation; fre- 
quency distributions; probability curve; measures of dispersion and correlation. 
Analysis of statistical tables^ Important sources of published statistics. Use 
and computation of index-numbers, with special study of the statistical 
meihods used by the Harvard Committee on Economic Research. A two-hour 
Ufioratory period will take the place of one of the three exercises each week. 
Professor Habdt and Assistant Professor Shbpabd. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



— ^ 









^ <i[itiiiiiiJ'TTiiT WtVHWBVTfffffr-T-^, cic'^ii& ^ 

SoB^ S Qxmp>&titam i; C;:n; IK 

TTriiF (MHiw disdft wiiiL liis ffBwiiniiiiiLj* Sntsaoif jii rnnitiBg of gSyaag apiE 
with. tJiK- appfinrtiaiv of pfasQBBaL Ijimpil ixr t&r wywiwMwgaME gflmwHiWBMfc ci£ 

flnt wfajytwiwh ui TlidwitiiiwM . amL iiiMliilBinir Ispq' nnim- Si 'vrbiwj 9dcl Iftunmbix^ 

iB3DF 9BBB1BK ficnr lulS ^VQEK tSff l iy? iiwfi viyj f ^jtf 







, 6bm<i^ Hj^Uy iiiH|niiriinm» ani£qfe<rta3aaty» Thiff(MaiBt(S!inb<- 
E of & wKBOk of g&sBBsdl i i HWHifimn Hite im tiur Ii ifanatui : y v ai ww ngMu ati bir 
TIiB: fawfliuf (&ii£ ^idt& tfiff imrtjiinfe amt [ii'tniiitifag iu5wil!wit im ishit 
IkflMBriMgy worit aBBt afaa ifimtiiiw wcteiuL yiijwMiat pwrftfffmg tg&afc (ig oafc nwrfify 

waA ig tt^ qiabte ia» ataaittit te fiM^^ 

BpjTiffiBBeepaBBiuii'sfaMS^QitifliL. ir#BtnwfT amt Mrifartaanff (qmr tour % iwtfc). 



9^ 




Digitized by VjOOQIC 



66 miLlAiiS COLLEGE 

Mathematics 7-8. Descriptiye Geometry 

Prerequisitei Mathbmatzcs 3-4. Group letter, H 

Junior elective course. 

ProblenuB of the straight line and plane, curved surfaces, intersections and 
development of surfaces, simple warped surfaces. Elements of shades and 
shadows, and perspective. Anthony and Ashley's Descriptwe Geometry and 
Fishleigh's Problems are used as text-books. Assistant Professor Shbpabd. 

Mathematics 9. Differential Equations 

Prerequisite, Mathematics 5-6. Group letter, A 

Senior elective coiurse. 

Methods of solution of the simpler forms of ordinary and partial differential 
equations, integration in series, appUcations to problems in geometry and the 
physical sciences, etc. The coiurse is based on Cohen's Differential Eqiuitums, 

Assistant Professor Agard. 

Mathematics 10. Modem Methods in Geometry 

Prerequisite, Mathematics 5-6 or Mathematics 7-8. Group letter, A 
Senior elective coiurse. 

Projection, projective and perspective relationships, harmonic and anhar- 
monic ratios, involution, conies, poles and polars, reciprocation, inversion, etc. 

Assistant Professor Aoard. 

Statistics 1-2 

Prereqmsite, Mathematics 1-2. Group letter, I 

Junior elective course. 

The first semester: MaihemoHcs of Finance. Theory of interest and dis- 
count; annuities; amortization; valuation of bonds; sinking funda and depre- 
ciation. Methods of computation of interest-tables and bond-tables. Intro- 
duction to actuarial mathematics; endowments, life annuities, computation 
of insurance premiums and reserves. Mathematics of Finance, by Bietz, 
Crathome, and Rietz is the text-book used. 

The second semester: Theory and Methods of Statistics. Collection and 
compilation of statistics; graphical methods; averages; interpolation; fre- 
quency distributions; probability curve; measures of dispersion and correlation. 
Analysis of statistical tables. Important sources of published statistics. Use 
and computation of index-numbers, with special study of the statistical 
methods used by the Harvard Committee on Economic Research. A two-hour 
laboratory period will take the place of one of the three exercises each week. 
Professor Habdt and Assistant Professor Shbpard. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS, COLLEGE 97 

PHYSICS 

Professor McElfrbsh, Assistant Professor Bbinsmadb, Mr. Tash, and Mr. 
Eaton. 

Physics 1-2. General Physics , 

Freshman course, optional with Mathematics 1-2, or with Mathbmatigs 
3-4 for Freshmen who have college credit in Admission Mathematics 
B, D, and F. 

Fee, $5. Group letters, I, C ; II, K 

This course deals with the elementary facts and principles of physics and 
with the applications of physical laws to the experiences and phenomena of 
daily life. It includes elementary mechanics, sound, heat, light, magnetism, 
and electricity. Lectures and recitations (two hours a week) and laboratory 
work (one two-hour exercise a week). For laboratory work the class is divided 
into small sections; two-hour periods are fussigned for this work to fit individual 
schedules. 

Professor McElfrbsh, Assistant Professor Bbinsmade, Mr. Tash, and Mr. 
Eaton. 

Physics 3-4. Experimental Physics 

Prerequisite, Phtbics 1-2. Group letter, L-M 

Sophomore elective course. 

Fee, $10. 
Mechanics, sound, heat, light, magnetism, and electricity. This course con- 
sists of a series of physical measurements in the laboratory, accompanied by 
lectures. The lectures deal with the methods and principles involved in the 
laboratory work and also discuss certain physical problems that do not readily 
lend themselves to laboratory experimentation. In the laboratory work high- 
grade instruments of precision are employed, and the course is expected to give 
some skill in accurate measurement. The primary object of the laboratory 
work is to enable the student to familiarize himself with ph3rsical phenomena 
by direct personal observation. Lectures and recitations (one hour a week), 
and laboratory work (two two-hour periods a week). 
Professor McElfbesh, Assistant Professor Brinsmadb, and Mr. Eaton. 

Physics 5-6. Electricity and Magnetism 

Prerequisite, Physics 3-4. Students taking this course must have taken 

or be taking Mathbmatigs 3-4. 
Junior elective course. Group letter, C 

Fee, $10. 
This course consists of lectures, assigned reading, problems, and laboratory 
work. The subject is approached from the modem viewpoint, and the mathe- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



88 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

matical theory is suffidently developed to give a clear, quantitative under- 
standing of electromagnetic phenomena and of their present-day practical ap- 
plications. The laboratory work is of an advanced character intended to 
stimulate individual initiative. Lectures and recitations (two hours a week), 
and laboratory work (one two-hour period a week). 

Assistant Professor Bbinsmadb. 

Physics 7-8. Mechanics 

Prerequisites, Mathematics 3-4 and Phtbics 1-2. Group letter, G 
Senior elective coiuse. 

The general principles of mechanics of solids; statics and kinetics of rigid 
bodies; elasticity of solids, liquids, and gases; statics and kinetics of Hquids and 
gases. Lectures and problems. Professor McElfrbsh. 



CHEMISTRY 

Professor Meabs, Assistant Professor Kmo, Mr. Adriance, 
and Mr. Fulls. 

Chemistry 1-2. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis 

Sophomore elective coiurse. Group letters, A-B 

■p f $3 and breakage the first semester; 

\ $10 and breakage the second semester. 

The first semester: General Chemistry, The principles of chemistry are 
studied in connection with the non-metals and their compounds. This course 
is given by experimental lectiu'es, supplemented by recitations and practical 
work in the laboratory. 

The second semester: Metallic Chemistry and Qiuditative Arudysia, A 
coiurse of lectures is given on the occurrence, properties, and use of the metals 
and their compounds. 

Most of the time is devoted to qualitative analysis in the laboratory. This 
work includes the reactions of the principal bases and acids, their detection and 
separation. About 100 solutions and 100 solid substances, including about 
50 minerals, are analyzed during the coiurse. 

Professor Meabs, Assistant Professor King, and Mr. Fxtllb. 

Chemistry 3-4. Organic Chemistry 

Prerequisite, CHBiasTBT 1-2. Group letters, D-E 

Junior elective course. 
Fee, $10 and breakage. 

The first semester: Organic Chemistry. Lectures on the compounds of 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 99 

carbon, induding the history of chemistry and its development to the present 
time, completing the work begun in Chemistry Uid, 

Assistant Professor King. 

The second semester: Advanced Organic Chemistry, The principles of 
organic chemistry are applied to the preparation and analysis of organic 
compounds in the laboratory, with a discussion of the reactions involved. 
Cohen's book on organic preparations is used. 

Professor Meabs and Assistant Professor King. 

Chemistry 5. Quantitative Analysis 

Prerequisite, Chbmistbt 3-4. Group letters, G-H 

Senior elective course. 

Fee, $10 and breakage. 
This course embraces the quantitative determination and separation of the 
principal bases and acids. Both gravimetric and volumetric methods are 
employed. Professor Meabs. 

Chemistry 6. Advanced Quantitative Analysis 

Prerequisite, Chemistby 6. Group letters, G-H 

Senior elective course. 

Fee, $5 and breakage. 
This course is a continuation of Chemistry 5 and includes the analysis of 
minerals and various other products closely related to the industrial processes 
and to daily life. Professor Mears. 

Chemistry 7. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 

Prerequisite, Chemistby 3-4. Group letters, F-J 

Senior elective course. 
Fee, $5 and breakage. 
This course includes lectures, recitations, and reports upon the more im- 
portant technical operations, together with the preparation of inorganic com- 
pounds and a discussion of the reactions and processes involved in their 
production. 

Assistant Professor King. 

Chemistry 8. Physical Chemistry 

Prerequisite, Chemistbt 3-4. Group letters, F-J 

Senior elective course. 
Fee, $5 and breakage. 
This course consists of lectures and recitations on the modem theories of 
physical chemistry together with experimental work in the laboratory. 

Assistant Professor King. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



100 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Chemistry 10. Physiological Chemistry 

Prerequisite, Chemistrt 3-4. Group letters, B-C 

Senior elective course. 
Fee, $5 and breaJcage. 

The lectures in this course consist of a discussion of those chemical sub- 
stances peculiar to animals, and of the facts of physiological chemistry. 

The laboratory practice is designed to acquaint the student with the more 
important constituents of animal matter and their chemical behavior, particu- 
lar attention being given to metabolism. Mr. Aoriancb. 



GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY 

Professor Clbland and Mr. MacCartht. 
Geolo^ 1-2. General Geolo^ 

Junior elective course. Group letters, I, B; II, C 

The purpose of the course in general geology is to give the student such a 
knowledge of the principles of geology that he may be able to appreciate what 
he sees of the earth's surface and to understand what force or forces have pro- 
duced the featiures of the landscape. A study is also made of the forces them- 
selves, such, for example, as erosion, glaciers, volcanoes, and earthquakes. 
Some time is spent on the life of the past, in a description not only of the ani- 
mals that lived in the various periods of the earth's history but also of the 
changes that took place in their structure and habits, and, as far as possible, of 
the causes that produced these changes. 

Excursions in the vicinity of Williamstown, as well as one or two to more 
distant points, are taken in each semester. 

The first semester: That portion of the subject included in (a) Dynamical 
Geology t which deals with the forces that have shaped, and are now shaping, 
the earth's siurface, such as weathering, streams, glaciers, volcanoes, and earth- 
quakes, is considered, (b) Structural Geology, In this division of the subject 
the structure of the earth's crust and the more important rocks and minerals 
of which it is composed are studied. 

The second semester: The origin and occurrence of ores are first studied. 
This is followed by the major work of the semester, the study of evolutional 
geology. The animals of the past, as shown by their fossil remains, are dis- 
cussed particularly with regard to their bearing upon the theory of evolution. 
The fossils in the collections and a number of casts, together with a large col- 
lection of lantern slides of restorations, are used in illustration. 

Professor Clbland. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 101 

Geology 3. Mineralo^ 

Prerequisite, Geolggt 1-2 and Chbmistrt 1-2. Group letter, E 

Senior elective course. 
Fee, $2. 

This course aims to give the student a knowledge of the commoner and eco- 
nomically valuable minerals and is a desirable preparation for Economic Geol- 
ogy, Geology 4* The work consists of blow-pipe and chemical tests, as well as 
sig^t identification of minerals. A brief course in crystallography is included. 
The following mineral groups are studied: iron, manganese, nickel, cobalt, zinc, 
tin, titanium, lead, arsenic, antimony, molybdenum, copper, mercury, silver, 
gold, platinum, potassium, sodium, lithium, barium, strontium, calcium, mag- 
nesium, aluminum, boron, silica, and the silicates. Professor Glbland. 

Geology 4. Economic Geology 

Prerequisite, Geology 1-2. Group letter, E 

Senior elective coiurse. 

Beginning with a more detailed study of those subjects which are essential 
to the understanding of economic geology, the aim of the course is to afford 
the student a practical knowledge of the mineral products of the United 
States, such as coal, gypsum, salt, iron, lead, copper, and gold. Special 
attention is paid to the origin of the various deposits studied, with particular 
reference to the general principles governing the deposition and occurrence of 
each economic product discussed. Each student is required to present a type- 
written report, as the result of his own observation, of some local mine, quarry> 
or other deposit of economic importance. Professor Gleland. 

[Geology 5. Regional and Economic Geography 

Prerequisite, Geoloot 1-2. Omitted in 1921-22 

Senior elective course. 

This course includes a study of those fundamental environmental factors, 
such as physiography, climate, and the distribution of natural resources, that 
exert an influence on the economic and political development of a re^on and 
determine or influence transportation routes, commerce, agriculture, and politi- 
cal boundaries.] 

[Geology 6. A Continuation of Geology 5 

Prerequisite, Geoloot 5. Omitted in 1921-22 

Senior elective course. 

This course continues the study of regional and economic geography on lines 
similar to those followed in Geology 5,] 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



102 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

BIOLOGY 

Professor Ebllogg and Assistant Professor Hoab. 

Biology 1-2. Introductory Gourae 

Sophomore elective course. Group letters, G-H 

Fee, $5. 

This course is divided into three parts: 

(a) The first of these deals with the fundamental properties of living mat- 
ter, the cell, characters of higher animals and higher plants, the practical and 
theoretical impossibility of separating, except arbitrarily, the so-called animal 
and plant "kingdoms,'' etc. 

(b) Zodlogy of the IrwerUfyrales, Considerable time is given to a laboratory 
study of the structure and activities of single-celled forms. This is followed 
by a consideration of great groups, represented by sponges, hydras, starfish, 
worms, crawfish, insects, and bivalves, that are studied in the laboratory. 

(c) The Tfieories cf Biology, Most of the time is given to early and recent 
theories of evolution, and many special problems connected with them, par- 
ticularly those concerning man. Laboratory work on the invertebrates is 
continued through this period. 

Professor Kellogg and Assistant Professor Hoar. 

Biology 3-4. A Gontinuation of Biology 1-2 

Prerequisite, Biology 1-2. Group letters, F-J 

Junior elective course. 
Fee, $5. 

(a) Zodlogy of the Chordata, As in Zodlogy of the Invertebrates , instruction 
is by means of lectures, recitations, and laboratory work. The fishes, am- 
phibia, reptiles, birds, and mammals are studied comparatively by means of 
dissections in the laboratory. 

(b) Embryology. The second semester is given to a study of the develop- 
ment of the starfish, worm, frog, chick, and mammal. In the first three forms 
special attention is given to the early stages which follow fertilization. The 
work on the chick is outlined by a text4x)ok, and followed in the laboratory 
by means of preparations, some of which are made by the student. It covers 
the development from the beginning of incubation to a stage in which the more 
important organs of the body have appeared. Mammalian development is 
compared with that of the chick, which it closely resembles, but is studied 
in the laboratory only by means of models and demonstration preparations. 

Professor Kellogg. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 103 

Biology 5-6. Botany 

Prerequisite, Biolggt 1-2. Group letters, L-M 

Junior elective course. 
Fee, $5. 

During the first few weeks a study is made of the morphology and physiology 
of the various units of the plant (cell, leaf, root, stem, flower and fruit). 

(a) Cryptogamic Botany (algae, fungi, mosses, and ferns). A study of 
the lower forms of plant life with relation to their gradual evolutionary devel- 
opment. Special reference is made to the morphology, relationship, and 
means of control of pathogenic fungi (molds, mildews, blights, smuts, rusts, etc.). 

Sufficient time is spent on the mosses and ferns to show their relation- 
ship to the lower and higher forms. 

(b) Phanerogamic Botany, A study of higher plants; their relation to 
extinct forms (Paleobotany), and their importance to man. 

Assistant Professor Hoab. 

Biology 7. Bacteriology 

Prerequisite, Biology 3-4 or Biology 6-6. 

Senior elective course. Group letters, F-J 

Fee, $6. 

The first part of the course is given to a study of general bacteriology, 
including methods of classification, factors necessary for growth, culture 
methods, stains, staining, etc. The latter portion is given over to the study 
of pathogenic bacteria and their relation to man; such as powers of resistance, 
pathogenesis, distribution, channels of infection and means of dissemination, 
variations in the nature of infectious disease, antitoxins, vaccines, etc. 

Assistant Professor Hoab. 

Biology 8. A Continuation of Biology 7 

Prerequisite, Biology 7. Group letters, F-J 

Senior elective course. 

This includes a study of dairy bacteriology, soil microbiology, and the 
microorganisms foimd in water. In connection with the last some time is 
spent in a study of water purification and sewage disposal. 

Assistant Professor Hoab. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



104 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE 

Professor Howard. 

Hygiene 

One hour a week during the first semester. 
Freshman required course. 

Group letters, I, E (Mon. only); II, B (Sat. only) 

A series of lectures and recitations on the preservation of health. The 
lectures are designed to acquaint the student with the causes of disease, to 
point out the conditions of healthy living, and to inculcate those habits that 
promote physical efficiency. In several lectures attention is given to the 
problems of public health, especially those of safeguarding the food-supply and 
stamping out communicable disease. 

Shortly after the opening of college in the fall, each new student is given 
a physical examination, the objects of which are to discover any existing 
defects of the heart, lungs, eyes, or muscular development, and to prescribe 
proper measures for their correction. Particular attention is given to the 
fitness of candidates for the athletic teams. 

Physiology 1. An Elementary Study of the Mechanism of Life 

Prerequisite, Biology 3-4 or Biology 5-6. Group letter, K 

Senior elective course. 

Attention is centered chiefly on the structuro and function of the human 
body, but the facts of general physiology are constantly employed to throw light 
on the special problems of human ph3rsiology. The physical and chemical 
features of the material basis of life are discussed first. Following this the 
physiology of the cell is briefly surveyed. The remainder and larger part of 
the course is a study of the income of material and energy to the body, com- 
prising the subjects of alimentation, respiration, circulation, and metabolism. 
As far as time and the nature of the subject permit, the facts of physiology 
are demonstrated to the class, and the discussions are based as far as possible 
on these observed phenomena. Class-room instruction is supplemented by 
reading of references in the manuals and periodicals of the science. 

Phjrsiology 2. A Continuation of Physiolo^ 1 

Prerequisite, Physiology 1. Group letter, K 

Senior elective course. 

This course continues the study of physiology on lines similar to those 
followed in Physiology 1. The means by which the body is adapted to its 
environment is the main topic. This comprises a study of the neuro-muscular 
mechanism, the central nervous system, and the organs of sensation. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 106 

ASTRONOMY 

Ph>fessor Milhah. 

Astronomy 1-2. Introductory 

Prerequisite, Physics 1-2. Group letters, I, I ; II, H 

Junior elective course. 

This course is divided into two parts, descriptive astronomy and an introduc- 
tion to spherical and practical astronomy. In the descriptive aistronomy a 
text-book. Young's Manual of Astronomy , is used as a basis of instruction. 
Numerous supplementary lectures are given, and the course is illustrated by 
charts and photographs. Such topics as the time service of the country, the 
origin of our calendar, the presence of an atmosphere in the case of the moon 
and the planets, and the cosmogony, are treated at length. During the second 
part of the course lectures on modem observatories, their location, equipment, 
and work, are given. Experimental demonstration and practical exercises in 
the observatory constitute a large part of the instruction during the last part of 
the second semester. 

Astronomy 3-4. Navigation and Practical Astronomy 

Prerequisites, Astronobct 1-2 and Mathbmatzgs 1-2: 

Senior elective course. Group letter, B 

The Navigation portion consists of dead reckoning, piloting, signaling, and 
deepHsea navigation. The Practical Astronomy consists in the use of the 
instruments of the observatory for the determination of latitude, longitude, 
and time. A few weeks are also devoted to meteorology and the construc- 
tion, care, and accuracy of time-keepers, particularly precision clocks and 
chronometers. 

(Nora — ^Inasmuoh as Astronomy 1-2 waa omitted in 1920-21, the oouiae Astronomy 3-4, 
for the year 1921-22, will be reduced to a semester course, given during the second semester, 
and may be elected by any Senior who is carrying Astronomy 1-2 and who has completed 
Mathematics 1-2.] 

Astronomy 5. Theoretical Astronomy 

Prerequisites, Astronobct 1-2 and Mathematics 5-6. 

Senior elective course. Group letter, C 

The mathematical side of astronomy is here considered. Elliptic motion, 
place in orbit, place in space, and the computation of orbits are treated. 

[NoTB — Inasmuch as Astronomy 1-2 was omitted in the y^lkt 1920-21, Astronomy 5 may be 
elected, in the year 1921-22, by any Senior who is carrying Astronomy 1-2 and who has completed 
Mathematics 5^.] 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



106 WILUAMS COLLEGE 

PHYSICAL TRAINING 

Mr. Seblbt. 

Physical Training 

Freshman required course. Three forty-five minute periods a week 
until the Spring recess. 

Group letters, I, B; II, C; III, E; IV, H; V, L 

Exercises consisting of marching, calisthenics, and light gjrmnastics with 
wands, dubs, chest wdghts, and dumb-bells. The first eight weeks are given 
up to outdoor work on Weston Field. 

In connection with Physical Training a course of lectures on Hygiene is 
given in the first semester by Professor Howard. See the announcement of 
Physiology and Hygiene. 

Elective work in the gymnasium is offered to other classes. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



ORDER AND DISCIPLINS 

It is the aim of the college to develop in the individual student 
the sense of personal responsibility for good order and a high 
standard of scholarship, and to secure, in the largest measure, 
his co5peration with the Faculty in the development of his own 
character. But if such cooperation is plainly impossible, a 
student may be dismissed from college at any time, even without 
previous warning. 

HONOR SYSTEM 

All college examinations are conducted under an honor system, 
established in 1896, by which the presence of proctors in the 
examination room is dispensed with and each student is placed 
on his honor. The following signed declaration is necessary to 
make any examination or other work written on paper in the 
class-room valid: I have neither given nor received aid in this 
examination. 

All 'cases of suspected fraud are dealt with by a committee of 
ten students, including representatives from each class, who have 
the power to decide on the question of guilt and to recommend to 
the Faculty the penalty of dismissal from college in the case of a 
Senior, Junior, or Sophomore, and of suspension in the case of a 
Freshman. 

REGISTRATION 

All students are required to register in person on Wednesday 
or the morning of Thursday at the beginning of the college year; 
and again shortly before the beginning of the second semester. 

107 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



108 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

ATTBNDANCB ON COLLEGB BXBRCISBS 

Attendance on all individual appointments in any department 
and on all semi-annual or final examinations is required of all 
students; attendance on nine-tenths of all other secular exercises 
is required of those Seniors, Juniors, and Sophomores, whose 
grades during the previous semester were as high as B in at least 
half their courses and as high as C in all their courses; and attend- 
ance on nineteen-twentieths of these exercises is required of all 
other students. 

Every student is allowed to be absent from the Sunday morn- 
ing chapel services twice each semester. The number of allowed 
absences from mpming prayers and Sunday vespers combined is 
twenty-four, of which not more than eighteen are applicable to 
morning prayers. 

The regulation of attendance on both the secular and the 
religious exercises is entrusted to the Dean. He is authorized 
to establish such rules for attendance on the religious exercises 
of the college as he may deem necessary, and to place on proba- 
tion any student who fails to meet these requirements, or whose 
attendance on recitations and lectures is especially irregular. If 
a student does not comply with the conditions of the probation, 
the Dean may dismiss him from college; but any student thus dis- 
missed has the right of an appeal through the Dean to the Com- 
mittee on Administration. 

RECORDS AND REPORTS 

A report of scholarship is sent by the Registrar to every stu- 
dent's parents or guardian at the close of each semester, and at 
such other times as the Faculty may deem expedient. A per- 
manent record of each student's scholarship is kept, and by this 
record his promotion and graduation are determined. 

MASTER OF ARTS 

The degree of Master of Arts is conferred upon Bachelors of 
Williams College of at least one year's standing who, having spent 
one year in residence at the college, pursuing two approved courses 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 109 

of study as explained below, have passed a satisfactory examina- 
tion in each subject, and have submitted a satisfactory thesis. 

The degree is conferred upon Bachelors of Williams College 
who have spent one year in residence at any academic institu- 
tion, pursuing two approved courses as below, provided that 
none of the work taken for the degree be used in fulfillment of 
the requirements for degrees elsewhere, and having been regis- 
tered for the Master's degree for not less than one college year, 
have fulfilled the conditions as to examinations and thesis. 

The degree is conferred upon Bachelors of Williams College 
who, not having been in residence, but having been registered 
as candidates for the degree not less than two years, have fulfilled 
the conditions as to courses, examinations, and thesis. 

Undergraduates of Williams College who at the beginning of 
their Senior year require not more than three semester courses 
to complete the requirements for the Bachelor's degree may 
apply some of the remaining courses allowed them toward the 
Master's degree, receiving the same one year after graduation, 
provided that they have satisfied the conditions as to courses, 
examinations, and thesis. Only advanced imdergraduate courses 
will be accepted for the degree, and in no case shall these courses 
form the whole of either a major or a minor graduate course. 

Undergraduates of Williams College who complete their work 
for the Bachelor's degree at the end of the first semester may 
continue in residence as candidates for the Master's degree, 
subject to the following restrictions: (a) Any imdergraduate 
who has completed the requirements for graduation and who 
wishes to take an undergraduate course to be counted toward 
the Master's degree shall attend and complete this course in the 
manner prescribed for undergraduates, except that attendance 
on the last college exercise before and the first college exercise 
after holidays and recesses will not be required of him. (b) If 
he takes one, two, or three undergraduate courses, he shall pay 
to the College Treasurer the sum of twenty dollars a semester 
for each course. If he takes more than three courses, he shall 
pay the tuition required of other imdergraduates. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



110 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

The candidates mentioned in the previous paragraph may 
receive the Master's degree one year after graduation, provided 
that they have satisfied the conditions as to courses, examinations, 
thesis, and fees. 

The degree is conferred upon Bachelors of other colleges con- 
ferring the Bachelor's degree imder conditions equivalent to 
those required at this college, provided that the approved courses 
are pursued in residence at Williams College under the specified 
conditions as to time, examinations, and thesis. 

Each candidate must submit two related courses of study, 
which together shall be equivalent to the work of a fifth college 
year. Of these courses, one, to be known as the major course, 
must be equivalent to at least seven semester courses, and the 
other, to be known as the minor course, must be equivalent to at 
least three semester courses. 

Each candidate will outline his courses imder the direction 
of the heads of the departments interested and the Committee 
on Graduate Students, who together shall be empowered to 
decide whether the candidate may pursue certain advanced 
undergraduate courses as part of the work leading to the degree. 

Candidates for the Master's degree are required to pass their 
examinations with at least a grade of B. 

The thesis required of each candidate must treat a subject 
related to the major course. It must be submitted not later 
than May fifteenth of the year in which the candidate desires to 
be examined, and must meet with the approval of the professor 
to whose department it is related and of the Committee on Grad- 
uate Students. A copy of the thesis, printed or typewritten 
on paper of the size generally used in a typewriter, must be 
deposited in the College Library. 

Each candidate must file his registration with the Chairman 
of the Committee on Graduate Students not later than October 
fifth of the year in which he desires to enter on his work. The 
registration must be renewed not later than October fifth of 
each year for which the applicant desires to be considered a can- 
didate, and, in case of non-resident candidates, the renewal of 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE HI 

the registration must be accompanied by a statement showing 
the progress that has been made during the year. 

Candidates for the degree must pay to the Treasurer of the 
College twenty dollars at the time of the first registration, and 
five dollars at the time of the final examination. No further 
charge is made for the diploma. 

The degree must be taken not later than three years after 
the first registration, unless the period be extended by special 
vote of the Committee on Graduate Students. The candidate 
must give notice of his readiness for the final examinations not 
later than May first of the year during which he expects to receive 
the degree. The examinations, however, may be taken earlier 
than the end of the final year of study, subject to the following 
restrictions: (a) The examination for the major course in resi- 
dence may not be taken earlier than the spring recess following 
the date of registration; and that for the minor course in residence 
not earlier than the end of the first semester following the date 
of registration, (b) The examination for the major course in 
absentia may not be taken earlier than the end of the first semes- 
ter of the year following the date of registration; and that for 
the minor course in absentia not earlier than the spring recess of 
the year of registration. 

Candidates in residence who desire special instruction will be 
charged forty dollars for each course, in addition to the prescribed 
fees for registration and examination. This will entitle them to 
one weekly period of instruction in each course. An additional 
charge may be made for the use of laboratory apparatus. 

The college catalogue will contain the names of those candi- 
dates who take the required courses in residence, but not the 
names of those who pursue work in absentia. 

Successful candidates for the degree are required to be present 
at the time when the degree is conferred, unless previously 
excused by the Board of Trustees. 

Communications relative to the Master^s degree should be ad- 
dressed to Professor M. N. Wetmore, Chairman of the Committee on 
Graduate Students. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



112 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



PUBLIC WORSHIP 

Chapel exercises are held every week-day morning and Sun- 
day evening in the Thompson Memorial Chapel, and all students 
are required to be present. 

On every Sunday morning, a preaching service is held in the 
chapel, at which the presence of all students not excused to attend 
elsewhere is required. 

PREACHERS TO THE COLLEGE FOR THE YEAR 
Septembeb, 1920-June, 1021 



Rev. William P. Merrill, D.D. 

Rev. William L. Sawtelle, D.D. 

Rev. John S. Zelie, D.D. 

Rev. Raymond Calkins, D.D. 

Professor Albert P. Fitch, D.D. 

Rev. F. Boyd Edwards, D.D. 

Rev. Samuel V. V. Holmes, D.D. 

Rev. Henry E. Cobb, D.D. 

Rev. George L. Richardson, D.D. 

President W. Douglas Mackenzie, D.D. 

Rev. Harris E. Adrianoe 

President Clarence A. Barbom*, D.D. 

Professor Hugh Black, D.D. 

Rt. Rev. Charles Fiske, D.D. 

Dean Charles R. Brown, D.D. 

Rev. Charles G. Sewall 

Rev. John S. Zelie, D.D. 

Rt. Rev. Wilson R. Stearly, D.D. 

Rev. Joseph Twitchell 

Rev. Paul R. Frothingham, D.D. 

Dean Hughell Fosbroke, D.D. 

Professor Albert P. Fitch, D.D. 

President Clarence A. Barbour, D.D. 

President Ozora S. Davis, D.D. 

Rev. Y. Y. Tsu, D.D. 

President Bernard I. Bell, D.D. 

Rev. Willard L. Sperry 

Rev. Karl Reiland, D.D. 

Very Rev. Howard C. Robbins, D.D. 

Professor Albert P. Fitch, D.D. 

Rev. Sherwood Eddy, D.D. 



New York City 

Scranton, Pa. 

Troy, N. Y. 

Cambridge 

Amherst 

Orange, N. J. 

Buffalo, N. Y. 

New York City 

Philadelphia, Pa. 

Hartford Theological Seminary 

Englewood, N. J. 

Rochester Theological Seminary 

Union Theological Seminary 

Syracuse, N. Y. 

Yale Divinity School 

Rye, N. Y. 

Troy, N. Y. 

Newark, N. J. 

North Adams 

Boston 

General Theological Seminary 

Amherst 

Rochester Theological Seminary 

Chicago Theological Seminary 

Union Theological Seminary 

St. Stephen's College 

Boston 

New York City 

New York City 

Amherst 

New York City 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLSGS 113 

Rev. John H. Randall, D.D. New York City 

Rev. S. S. Drury, D.D. St. Paul's School, Cbnoord, N. H. 

Rev. Hemy S. Coffin, D.D. New York City 

Rev. Robert R. Wicks Holyoke 

Rev. Paul D. Moody New Yoric City 

Rev. Harry P. Dewey, D.D. Minneapolis, Minn. 

UBRART 

The Ck)llege library contams 98,346 volumes, exclusive of 
duplicates, and about 20,000 pamphlets. The card catalogue 
covers the entire collection, bound and unbound. For the main- 
tenance of the library $16,548 was expended during the past 
year. The Mrs. Amos Lawrence, Jonathan PhiUips, J. Ruthven 
Adriance, D. A. Jones, R. H. Pruyn, Class of 1878, Josiah William 
Wheeler, Stephen and Mary Stickney Memorial, John Savary, 
Class of 1883, and Elizabeth and Sarah Pattison funds represent a 
capital sum of about $172,000, the income from which is increased 
by gifts, and. by special appropriations of the Trustees. 

Students have direct access to all books. They may draw 
three volumes at a time, to be retained, if desired, for two weeks, 
with the privilege of one renewal. Abundant faciUties are 
afforded for reading, study, and writing during Ubrary hours. 

The library is open every week-day during the entire year. 
From September until Commencement the hours are from 8 
A. M. to 12 M., from 1 p. m. to 6 p. m., and from 7.30 p. m. to 10 
p. M. On Sundays during the college year the library is open, 
for reading and reference only, from 2.30 p. m. to 5.25 p. m. In 
the summer, the library hours are from 9 a. m. to 12.30 p. m. ; but, 
during the sessions of the Institute of PoUtics, the hours are from 
9 A. M . to 12 M., and from 1 p. m. to 6 p. m. 

To cooperate with the instruction in particular subjects, 
selected books bearing on the semester's work are placed on 
reserve in the various branch libraries. Attendants are in charge 
of the reading rooms in Griffin Hall, where books on history, eco- 
nomics, and government are shelved, and in Goodrich Hall, which 
contains material in modem and ancient languages and on 
philosophy and reUgion. Special libraries in the Thompson 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



114 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Laboratories contain books on biology, physiology, chemistry, 
physics, and astronomy; in Clark Hall on geology; and in Hop- 
kins Hall on mathematics. 

A comfortable reading room, well supplied with daily and 
weekly papers and other current literature, is maintained imder 
the auspices of the Williams Christian Association in Jesup Hall. 
The Commons Room in Currier Hall is Ukewise supplied with 
current literature. 

In the reading rooms of Lawrence Hall is a valuable collection 
of paintings, bas-reUefs, Etruscan vases, and Peruvian pottery, 
the gift of the late Mrs. John W. Field, of Philadelphia. 

LABORATORIES 

The departments of Biology, Chemistry, and Physics are 
located in the three buildings presented to the college by the 
late F. F. Thompson, Esq., of New York, N. Y. 

The Biological Laboratory contains three laboratories for the 
various courses offered, a general lecture room, a library and 
reading room where much of the current literature of biology is 
kept on file, also a room for illustrative collections, and an aqua- 
rium. The work of instruction and research commands the aid 
of suitable apparatus, such as microscopes, microtomes, ovens, 
baths, and other necessary appliances, together with a large 
series of charts, models, and illustrative collections. There is 
also a complete stereopticon outfit, with projection microscope 
and arc light. 

The Chemical Laboratory is a modem fireproof building well 
supplied with the various appliances for instruction in chemistry. 
The building contains four large laboratories, five small laborato- 
ries adapted to special purposes, lecture and recitation rooms, and 
a reference library. 

The Physical Laboratory contains a well-appointed lecture 
room, a recitation room, separate laboratories for the work of the 
different classes, a department Ubrary, and rooms especially 
arranged for advanced work in electricity, magnetism, light, and 
chemical physics. Power is furnished by a ten horse-power 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WiLUAMS COLLEGE 116 

induction motor. The electrical equipment includes a five kilo- 
watt dynamo, several smaller dynamos and motors, and standard 
instruments for measuring current-strength, voltage, resistance, 
capacity, etc. A storage battery of fifty cells furnishes current 
for the lecture room and laboratories. 

OBSERVATORIES 

The Department of Astronomy possesses two observatories for 
illustration and scientific investigation. The older was built by 
Professor Albert Hopkins in 1838, and contains an equatorial by 
Phelps of Troy, N. Y., with an object glass by Alvan Clark, 
Senior, which has an aperture of seven inches. This instrument 
was constructed about 1852 and is interesting as an early example 
of Clark's optical work. The meridian room of the Hopkins 
Observatory contains a fine portable transit which can be used as 
a zenith telescope, together with two clocks and a chronograph. 
Another room contains the meteorological apparatus. Meteoro- 
logical observations have been made regularly since 1816. 

In another part of the town a plot, comprising five acres and 
a half, was purchased in 1881 for astronomical purposes. At 
present this enclosure contains the Field Memorial Observatory, 
an iron meridian house, built at the expense of the Hon. David 
Dudley Field, together with a small building for the accommo- 
dation of portable instruments. The main instrument of this 
observatory is a meridian circle by A. Repsold & Sons of Ham- 
burg, with a telescope of 4.8 inches aperture. 

In addition, the Department of Astronomy is provided with a 
large number of portable instruments, among which are two 
telescopes for the simpler observations and three surveyor's 
transits, one of them a Wanschaff universal with seven-inch 
limb, latitude level, and microscopes reading to 6" directly. 
There are also several instruments of reflection, including sex- 
tants, sailor's octants, and two prismatic circles, three chronom- 
eters, artificial horizons, and other small pieces of apparatus. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



116 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

GEOLOGICAL MUSEUM 

The second floor of Edward Clark Hall is used for the geologi- 
cal collections. The collections, though not large, have been 
carefully selected and arranged and contain many choice speci- 
mens of minerals, rocks, and fossils. 

Of special interest are the collection of precious and semi- 
precious cut stones donated largely by Mr. R. Clifford Black, 
of the Class of 1900, which is being gradually enlarged by ad- 
ditional stones secured by purchase or gift; the collection of 175 
polished specimens (4x6 inches) of foreign and domestic mar- 
bles presented to the college by Mr. Francis E. Bowker, of the 
Class of 1908; polished sections of tree trunks of petrified wood 
from the petrified fcH'est of Arizona; the McGregor restorations of 
the skulls of Paleolithic Man; restoration of dinosaurs, fishes, and 
other vertebrates; the local collection of rocks and minerals; and a 
relief map of the region about Williamstown on a scale of two 
inches to the mile. 

The nucleus of the mineral collection is the Wilder Cabinet, 
which was purchased and presented to the college by Edward 
Clark, the donor of the building that bears his name. In the 
early days of the college Professor Ebenezer Emmons presented 
his collection of North Carolina fossils as well as some from New 
York State, and from this the present collection of fossils grew. 
Through the generosity of the late Mr. Morris E. Jesup, as well 
as by means of the annual appropriations, vertebrate and inver- 
tebrate fossils have been purchased; and this section of the 
Museum has been made more valuable for class-room as well as 
for exhibition purposes. Mr. T. Nelson Dale's donation of local 
rocks has made the collection of local rocks and minerals nearly 
complete. 

A collection of modem shells, the gift of missionary alumni 
and others, is on exhibition. 

Models illustrating mountain structure, folding, and faulting; 
relief maps, crystal models, and other devices for illustrating 
geological features, are either on exhibition or are available for 
those who are interested. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 117 

The museum is open to the public each week-day of the college 
year from 10 to 12 a. m. and from 2 to 4 p. m. 

AUDITORTUM 

Chapin Hall, the gift of the Hon. A. C. Chapin, of the Class of 
1869, contains an auditorium seating about 1300 and is equipped 
with an organ of imusual size and quality. Here are held the 
Commencement exercises, organ recitals, concerts, and dramatic 
entertainments. A smaller hall in the building is used chiefly for 
debating. 

GYMNASIUM 

The Lasell Gymnasium, erected and equipped at a cost of 
$50,000; chiefly by the munificence of the widow of the Hon. 
Josiah Lasell, of the Class of 1844, and of his son, Josiah Man- 
ning Lasell, of the Class of 1886, furnishes abimdant facilities for 
physical development. The apparatus is the outcome of the 
study and invention of the best teachers of gymnastics. Pulley 
weights of the best pattern, adjustable to varying strength, light 
Indian clubs, dumb-bells, both of wood and of iron, horizontal 
and parallel bars, rings, and apparatus for developing special 
muscles, are used under the immediate supervision of a competent 
instructor. An inclined padded running-track 229 feet in length, 
and a swimming pool 65 by 22 feet, are important features of 
the building. The gymnasium is provided with hot and cold 
water, tub, sponge, and shower baths, and five hundred and fifty 
steel lockers. Soon after entering college each student is care- 
fully examined and measured by the Director, in order that ex- 
ercises may be adapted to individual peculiarities, and a sym- 
metrical development secured. Gymnastic exercise is required 
of the Freshman class until the spring recess. 

FIELD SPORTS 

The smaller athletic fields near the college buildings afford 
opportunity for practice in tennis and baseball, while Weston 
Field, and the tract known as the John M. Cole Field, afford 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



118 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

opportunity for baseball, football, and track athletics. The 
golf links and tennis courts of the Taconic Golf Club are open, on 
moderate terms, to student players. 

COLLEGE INFIRlftART 

Each student cared for at the Thompson Infirmary is charged 
two dollars a day. In case a physician is called in or a special 
nurse is needed, the expense is to be borne by the person requiring 
the service, and the infirmary is to be reimbursed for all expense 
and at the rate of nine dollars a week for the nurse's board. 
In case of contagious disease, nurses charge extra for services. 
Board bills are to be paid to the College Treasurer. 

A medical staff' has been appointed by the Trustees of the 
college, composed of the following physicians: Dr. Vanderpoel 
Adriance, Dr. Frederic H. Howard, and Dr. Norman Mc Williams. 

A physician other than a member of the staff may attend a 
student at the infirmary, provided a written request to that 
effect, designating the physician, is received by the Dean of the 
college from the parent or guardian of the student. 

THOMPSON COURSE OF ENTERTAINMENTS 

This course, which for many years was sustained by the Ub- 
erality of the late F. F. Thompson, Esq., of New York, N. Y., 
provided concerts and other entertainments during the winter. 
Mrs. Thompson has generously offered to continue the course 
for the current year. 

Last year the entertainments were: 

1920 
Nov. 19. Dorothea Spinney, Dramatic Reader 

1921 
Jan. 13. The Hambourg Trio 
Jan. 20. Ruth Draper, Monologues 
Feb. 8. Tony Sarg's Marionettes 
Mar. 15. The Letz Quartet 

May 19. Edith Wynne Matthison in the Electra of Euripides, supported by 
students of the Bennett School of Applied Arts 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE ^ 119 

CLASSICAL socnmr 

The Clapsdcal Society, composed of instructors and students 
in the elective Greek and Latin courses, has for its object the 
increase of interest in the study of the classics. It holds regular 
meetings for the reading of classical authors, for the discussion 
of papers, and for reports in the fields of Greek and Latin philol- 
ogy and archaeology. 

Pm BETA KAPPA 

The Williams, or Gamma of Massachusetts, chapter of Phi 
Beta Kappa was established July 21, 1864. The highest stand- 
ing one-fourteenth of each class is elected to membership at the 
end of the Junior year. Sufficient men to make up one-seventh 
of the class are elected after the mid-year examinations of the 
Senior year, provided that none fall below the minimum standing 
prescribed by the society. 

HONORS 

Honors for high scholarship will be awarded by the Faculty 
at the end of each college year. The names of the recipients 
will be read at the Commencement exercises and will be printed 
in the next annual catalogue. The names of Seniors taking 
honors may also be printed on the Commencement program. 

DEGBEES WITH DISTINCTION 

The Faculty will recommend to the Trustees that the degree 
of Bachelor of Arts cum lavde be conferred upon all members of 
the graduating class who have received grades equivalent to 
three-fourths of their semester courses of grade B and one-fourth 
of grade C; that the degree magna cum laude be conferred upon 
those who have received grades equivalent to one-half of their 
semester courses of grade A and one-half of grade B; and that the 
degree summa cum laude be conferred upon those who have 
received grades equivalent to three-fourths of their courses of 
grade A and one-fourth of grade B. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



120 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

SOPHOMOBE HONOBS 

Sophomore honors will be awarded at the end of Sophomore 
year to all students who have attained grades of the same excel- 
lence as is required for the degrees with distinction at graduation. 

FINAL HONORS IN SPECIAL FIELDS 

Final honors will be awarded to all students who attain the 
grade of A or B in the Junior and Senior courses of their Major 
Group. 

Highest final honors will be awarded to all students who attain 
a grade of A in all the courses of their Major Group. 

PRIZES 

BHETORICAL PRIZES 

On Friday evening preceding Commencement, ten speakers, 
appointed equally from the Junior and the Sophomore classes, 
deliver original orations in competition for five prizes. The 
income of two thousand dollars, a part of which was given by 
Elizur Smith, Esq., of Lee, is appropriated for these prizes. 

The Trustees of the college offer two prizes of twenty dollars 
and ten dollars respectively to members of the Freshman class 
for excellence in declamation. 

BENEDICT PBIZES 

The Hon. Erastus C. Benedict, of the Class of 1821, once 
an instructor in the college, established seven first prizes of 
twenty-five dollars each, which may be awarded annually for 
excellence in the following departments: Latin, Greek, French, 
German, Mathematics, Natural History, and History; and seven 
second prizes of fifteen dollars each, which may be awarded in 
the same departments. 

He also founded a prize of twenty-five dollars, to be given 
annually to that member of the college who, at the close of each 
college year, shall be foimd to have received the largest number 
of prizes.* Honorable mention is here counted as a prize. In 

*For the preeeat an additional sum of $76.00 will be given eaoh year by a friend of the 
College to increase the priie to $100.00. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 121 

case of a tie, the relative grades of the prizes will be taken into 
account, and honorable mention in Latin or Greek and a Rice 
book prize will not both be counted. 

BOOK PHIZES FROM THE RICE FUND 

Six book prizes will be awarded from the Rice fund for ex- 
cellence in Latin and Greek to students who are not recipients 
of the Benedict prizes in those subjects. 

GRAVES PRIZES 

The late Arthur B. Graves, Esq., of the Class of 1858, founded 
seven prizes, amoimting to two hundred dollars, which may be 
awarded as follows: six prizes of twenty dollars each for the best 
six essays prepared by members of the Senior class, on subjects 
assigned by the Faculty; and one prize of eighty dollars to the 
student who shall deliver his essay in the most effective manner 
before a public audience. The essays must be deposited in the 
library. 

VAN VBCHTEN PRIZE 

A prize amoimting to seventy dollars, established by A. V. W. 
Van Vechten, Esq., of the Class of 1847, may be awarded for 
extemporaneous speaking. The assignment of this prize will 
be made by a committee of the Faculty on the basis of a public 
competition. 

RICE PRIZES 

The income of five thousand dollars, left to the college by the 
late James Lathrop Rice, Esq., is by his will appropriated to the 
encouragement of Latin and Greek scholarship. Of this income 
sixty dollars may be awarded at Commencement of each year 
to the member of the Senior class who shall have shown the 
fullest and most accurate knowledge of certain Latin classics; 
and forty dollars to the member of the same class who shall have 
attained the second rank in the knowledge of the same authors; 
sixty dollars may be awarded at the same time to the member 
of the Senior class who shall have shown the fullest and most 
accurate knowledge of certain Greek classics; and forty dollars 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



122 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

to the member of that class who shall have attained the second 
rank in the knowledge of the authors in question. The same 
student may compete for the prizes in both departments, but no 
prize will be assigned to a student who has not taken the subject 
for the four years of the college course. One of the elective 
year-courses, however, may be passed off by examination; but 
a course so passed may not coimt toward a degree. 

DEWEY PRIZE 

The late Hon. Francis Henshaw Dewey foimded a prize of 
fifty dollars to be awarded to the member of the graduating class 
who presents the most creditable oration in point of composition 
and delivery at the Commencement exercises. 

LATHERS PRIZE AND MEDAL 

The income of a fund of one thousand dollars, received from 
the late Col. Richard Lathers, is to be used each year as a cash 
prize of about fifty dollars and also for the making of the Lathers 
bronze medal from a mould or die, for the manufacture of which 
Col. Lathers gave an additional sum of one hundred dollars. 
This cash prize and medal will be offered in competition to all 
members of the Senior class who hand to the Secretary of the 
Faculty, on or before the first day of March preceding their 
graduation, a written essay of not less than one thousand words 
on a subject indicated by the Faculty concerning the duty or 
relation of citizens to the government, and will be assigned to 
that writer whose essay is pronounced by a committee of the 
Faculty to be the most worthy of publication. The essay 
selected shall then be sent by the Secretary of the Faculty to 
the Springfield Republican, or to a journal published in Pitts- 
field, with the request that it may appear in an early issue of 
such newspaper. In case none of the competing essays is ad- 
judged worthy of publication, no medal for that year will be 
awarded. 

The subject for the current year is, "Unlimited freedom of 
speech and of the press as an essential to the proper discharge of 
the duties of citizenship." 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 128 

DAVID A. WELLS PRIZE 

In accordance with the will of the late David A. Wells, of the 
Class of 1847, a prize of $600 will be awarded annually for the 
best essay upon a subject in any one of a number of branches of 
Political Science. 

The will provides that if no essay deemed worthy of the prize 
be presented in any year the award shall be withheld for that 
year. The successful essay will be printed and circulated by the 
college out of the residual income of the fund. 

Competition is limited by the terms of its foimdation to 
Senior undergraduates, and to graduates of Williams College of 
not more than three years' standing. 

The following provision of the will of the f oimder of the com- 
petition governs the committee in the selection of subjects and 
in. the consideration of essays: 

"No subjects shall be selected for competitive writing or 
investigation and no essay shall be considered which in any way 
advocates or defends the spoliation of property under form or 
process of law; or the restriction of commerce in times of peace 
by legislation, except for moral or sanitary purposes; or the 
enactment of usury laws; or the impairment of contracts by the 
debasement of coin; or the issue and use by Government of 
irredeemable notes or promises to pay intended to be used as 
currency and as a substitute for money; or which defends the 
endowment of such 'paper,' 'notes,' and 'promises to pay' with 
the legal tender quality." 

The subject for the competition for the prize for 1923 will be 
annoimced during the winter of 1921-1922. President Garfield 
will furnish competitors with the titles of authorities on the 
subject on application. 

The essays in the competition must be sent by March 15, 1923, 
to the President of the college, to whom all communications 
should be addressed. 

The competition for the prize of 1923, with the qualifications 
already stated, is open to the members of the Classes of 1920 , 
1921, 1922, and 1923, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



lU WILUAMS COLLEGE 

CANBY ATHLETIC SCHOLABSHIP PBIZE 

A prize of fifty dollars, established by W. Marriott Canby, 
of the Class of 1891, inay be awarded at Commencement to that 
member of the Senior class who shall have attained the highest 
average standing in scholarship during his course, and who shall 
have fulfilled the requirements of eligibility. 

Any member of the Senior class who has been in college since 
the beginning of his Junior year, and who, at any time during his 
college course, has represented the college in any recognized 
intercollegiate athletic contest, shall be eligible. 

JOHN SABIN ADRIANCE PBIZE IN CHEBaSTBY 

Mr. John Sabin Adriance, of the Class of 1882, has given a 
fund of one thousand dollars, the income of which is to be given 
to that person who, in the opinion of the instructors in the 
chemical department, has maintained during his course the 
highest rank in all the courses offered in that department. 

CONANT-HABBINGTON PBIZE IN BIOLOGY 

This prize, which yields twenty-five dollars annually, has been 
foimded by the Class of 1893 in memory of their deceased class- 
mates, whose names it bears. The award of this prize is made, 
upon the recommendation of the Professor of Natural History, 
to that member of the Senior class who, in his judgment, is best 
fitted to profit by advanced biological study. The money thus 
awarded will be used to pay the tuition fee of such student at 
th6 Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole. 

OBEEK PBIZES 

The sum of one hundred dollars, contributed annually, for the 
present, in memory of the late Eugene Delano, Esq., of the Class 
of 1866, is awarded in three prizes of fifty, thirty, and twenty 
dollars respectively, to the members of the Junior class who have 
shown the greatest excellence in the Greek studies of the Sopho- 
more and Junior years. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 126 

FRANCIS W. RAWLE MEMORIAL CUP 

By the gift of Messrs. Felton Bent and Henry D. Riley, of 
the Class of 1895, a cup, to be known as the Francis W. Rawle 
Memorial Cup, will be awarded annually on the thirtieth day of 
May to that member of the Freshman class who, in the opinion 
of the Athletic Council and the Faculty, or a committee thereof, 
shall have shown during his first full year in college the most 
marked progress in those branches of athletics that now are, and 
hereafter may be, prescribed by the. Faculty as courses to be 
taken by the Freshman class. It is further required that the 
recipient of the cup shall have maintained during his first year 
an average of at least C in his college work. 

FRATERNITY SCHOLARSHIP CUP 

A silver Scholarship Cup, presented by a member of the 
Class of 1899, will be awarded annually to that fraternity which, 
in the opinion of the Committee on Prizes, exhibits the highest 
scholarship as evidenced by the comparative grades received 
by members of the various fraternities. The cup will be pre- 
sented for permanent possession to the first fraternity which 
wins it for three different years. 

HORACE F. CLARK PRIZE SCHOLARSHIPS 

Two Horace F. Clark Prize Scholarships, in honor of Horace 
F. Clark, Esq., of the Class of 1833, have been established under 
the provisions of the will of Madame Marie Louise Souberbeille, 
his daughter. 

These two scholarships of $500, which in exceptional cases 
may be combined in a single prize of $1,000 or may be continued 
to the same holder for more than one year, are awarded annually 
to such member or members of the Senior class as may be chosen 
by the Faculty on the basis of superior scholarship, general 
ability, and interest in scholarly research, the sum to be paid in 
instalments at the end of each quarter. Competitive examina*- 
tions on designated subjects connected with the regular studies^ 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



126 WILLIAMS COLLEOS 

of the course and supplementary thereto may be required to test 
the ability of the candidates. 

WILLIAMS COLLEGE GREEK FELLOWSHIP 

The sum of $800 is contributed annually to enable a member 
of the graduating class, who shows scholarly promise and has 
distinguished himself in the fields of Latin and Greek classics, 
to pursue his studies at Athens, at the American School of Classi- 
cal Studies. The appointment is made by the Faculty on the 
recommendation of the Departments of Greek and Latin, and 
may be withheld if there is no suitable candidate. The fellow- 
ship is paid in two instalments, at Commencement and in January. 

THE WILLIAM BBADFOBD TURNER PRIZES 

In memory of William Bradford Turner, of the Class of 1914, 
who was killed in action in France in September, 1918, Mr. Charles 
P. Turner has established a fund which endows two prizes of $150 
each, one to promote the study of American History and of the 
habits of government which have inspired the Republic from its 
beginning, the other to be awarded to that member of the graduat- 
ing class who, in the judgment of the graduating class, shall have 
best fulfilled during his course his obligations to the college, his 
fellow students, and himself. The competition for the History 
prize is open to students who have taken or are taking either 
History 3-4, the Junior course in American History, or Govern- 
ment 1-2, the Junior course in American and foreign constitutions. 
Subjects suitable for essays shall be chosen by the candidates from 
a list prepared each autumn by the Department of History. The 
essay must be handed in by May fifteenth. 

ROCKWOOD TENNIS CUP PRIZE 

In memory of Lieutenant Richard Burton Rockwood, of the 
Class of 1916, who was killed in action in France, his mother, 
Mrs. R. L. Rockwood, has given a fund of one thousand dollars, 
the income from which is to purchase a cup to be awarded an- 
nually to the winner of the singles in the fall tennis tournament. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 127 

In 1921 the cup was won by Harold Huntting Cook, of the Class 
of 1925. 

LEONARD S. PBINCB MEMORIAL SWIMMING PRIZE 

In memory of the late Leonard Sidney Prince, of the Class of 
1914, a fimd of $1,000 has been donated by his father, Mr. S. L. 
Prince, the income from which is to be used for the purchase of a 
prize, or prizes, to be presented to the member, or members, of 
the Freshman class who shall be successful in a swimming and 
diving meet. This meet is open to all Freshmen and is held prior 
to the selection of the college swimming team. 

HENRY R. CONQER MEMORIAL^PRIZB 

Members of the Class of 1899 have established a fund for a prize 
which will be awarded annually in memory of their classmate, 
Henry Rutgers Conger, for the best contribution of either prose 
or poetry submitted to the Graphic. The merit of these contri- 
butions will be judged by a committee consisting of the Professor 
of Rhetoric, the Professor of English Literature, and a third mem- 
ber to be chosen by them. 

THE BELVIDERE BROOKS MEMORIAL MEDAL 

Alumni of the college, friends of Captain Belvidere Brooks, 
of the Class of 1910, who was killed in action at Villesavoye, 
France, August 21, 1918, have established a fund known as the 
Belvidere Brooks Memorial Medal Fund. From the income of 
this fund a medal is to be purchased annually and presented at the 
close of the football season, by the President of the college, to 
that member of the team whose pla3ring during the season has 
been of the greatest credit to the college; but no person shall 
receive the medal more than once. The player to receive this 
honor is to be selected by a committee made up of the chairman 
of the Faculty Committee on Athletics, the head coach, and the 
manager of the team. 

In 1920 the medal was awarded to William Chapman Burger, 
of the Class of 1922. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



128 WILLIAMS COLLSOB 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

HONOR SCHOLARSHIPS 

Several "Honor Scholarships" have been founded by alumni 
and friends of the college, in order to afford pecuniary aid, and 
to recognize successful scholarship. But under the present 
system all scholarships are considered "Honor Scholarships," 
and therefore these special "Honor Scholarships," five in number, 
are now merged in the general list in accordance with previous 
announcements. 

GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS 

The income from the endowments included in the appended 
list, amounting to about $10,500 annually, is distributed, by di- 
rection of the Trustees, to those students who are known to need 
aid. 

The regulations are as follows: 

1 Applications must be made in advance to the Committee 
on Scholarships upon forms provided by the Chairman. Scholar- 
ships granted at the beginning of the college year will be continued 
through the year, except when forfeited for causes mentioned in 
paragraph 7. All scholarships lapse at the close of the college 
year. Application for renewal, including a complete statement 
of income and expenditure for the year preceding, must be filed 
before July first upon forms provided by the Chairman. 

2 All promises of scholarships to students before their admis- 
sion are provisional. If entrance conditions or college deficiencies 
are standing against the candidate when the college year opens, 
his scholarship may thereby be forfeited. 

3 All holders of scholarships are expected to carry five courses, 
except that for the second semester of the Senior year, four instead 
of five courses may be sufficient. 

4 Freshmen receive a stipend of ninety-five dollars for the 
first semester. If warranted by grades attained in the first 
semester, this stipend may be increased for the second semester, 
according to the scale given below. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 129 

After the Freshman year, stipends range from one hundred 
and ninety to two himdred and fifty dollars per annum, payable 
by semesters, and are regraded at the beginning of each year on 
the basis of the standing attained during the previous year, 
according to the following scale: 

Group 1 $126.00 per semester Group 4 $102.50 per semester 

Group 2 117.50 per semester Group 5 95.00 per semester 

Group 3 110.00 per semester 

5 A Freshman who fails to obtain grades as high as C in at 
least six semester courses will lose his scholarship for the following 
year. (See 8 below.) 

6 After the Freshman year, a student who fails to obtain grades 
as high as C in at least eight semester courses will lose his scholar- 
ship for the following year. 

7 Any one of the following causes may prevent the considera- 
tion of an appUcation, or cause the forfeiture of a scholarship 
already awarded: 

(o) Evidence satisfactory to the Committee that the scholar- 
ship is not needed; 

(6) Gross neglect of work; 

(c) Any serious misconduct; 

id) Indulgence in intoxicating liquors; 

(e) Expensive habits. Holders of scholarships must satisfy 
the Committee that they are exercising strict economy in respect 
to room, board, and general Uving expenses. 

8 A scholarship may be restored after the lapse of a semester, 
if the cause of forfeiture has been removed. 

Lists of all holders of scholarships, except Freshmen, are 
printed in the catalogue in groups according to grades. 

LIST OF SCHOLARSHIP FUNDS 

The John C. Baldwin Fund, 1871 $27,915.14 

The William Hilton Fund, '1897, 1899 26,710.00 

The Alumni Scholarship Fund, 1870 10,000.00 

The Stephen Stickney Family Memorial Fund, 1910 10,000.00 

The Mrs. Abby BurraU Mills Fund, 1876 8,300.00 



9 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



130 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

The Massachusetts Fund, 1869 $7,500.00 

The Woodbridge Little Fund, 1811, 1813 6,000.00 

The Ebenezer R. Goodnow Scholarship Fund, 1894 6,000.00 

The William Eadie Leech Scholarship, 1918 6,000.00 

The Moses Day Fund, 1880 6,000.00 

The Milton B. Whitney Fund, 1916 6,000.00 

The Thomas Thornton Read Permanent Fund, 1888 6,948.93 

The Mary Brown Ward Warner Scholarship, 1909 6,133.13 

The Wolcott H. Johnson Scholarship 5,000.00 

The Three Commonwealth Scholarships, 1861 4,600.00 

The Abraham Lansing Scholarship, 1919 7,600.00 

The Horace Nathaniel Pennoyer Scholarship, 1896 3,500.00 

The Francis Henshaw Dewey Scholarship, 1888 3,000.00 

The Henshaw Scholarship, 1888 3,000.00 

The Joseph White Memorial Scholarship, 1903 3,000.00 

The Dr. Edward Newton Beale Scholarship, 1916 3,000.00 

The Thomas Thornton Read Scholarship, 1875 2,600.00 

The Scholarship of the Class of 1861 2,600.00 

The Scholarship of the Class of 1862 2,600.00 

The Mrs. Louisa F. Bartlett Scholarship, 1874 2,600.00 

The Homer Bartlett Scholarship, 1861, 1874 2,500.00 

The William Hyde Scholarship, 1869, 1876 2,600.00 

The Mrs. William Hyde Scholarship, 1880 4,766.26 

The Orrin Sage Scholarship, 1863, 1876 2,600.00 

The Miss Sarah Ruth Sage Scholarship, 1880 4,766.25 

The Hancock Scholarship, 1876 2,600.00 

The Olin White Geer Memorial Scholarship, 1884 2,600.00 

The Paul Ansel Chadboume Scholarship, 1889 2,600.00 

The Charles Henry Thomson Scholarship, 1871 2,600.00 

The James Ruthven Adriance Memorial Scholarship, 1880 2,600.00 

The Samuel Dennis Warren Scholarship, 1870 2,600.00 

The Charles Franklin Gilson Scholarship, 1881 2,600.00 

The Scholarship of the Class of 1867 2,600.00 

The Scholarship of the Class of 1862 2,500.00 

The Ephraim Flint Schoteship, 1904 2,500.00 

The Abraham Lansing Scholarship, 1906 2,500.00 

The Henry P. Brush Scholarship, 1886 2,375.00 

The Amos Lawrence Scholarships, 1847 2,000.00 

The John Cowperthwaite Tyler Memorial Scholarship, 1920 . . 1,917.61 

The David E. Wheeler Memorial Scholarship, 1919 1,231 .86 

The Charles Augustus Dewey Scholarship, 1886, 1870 1,500.00 

The Charles A. Jessup Scholarship, 1879 1,000.00 

The Mrs. Robert Means Fund, 1867 1,000.00 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 131 

The Abraham Baldwin Olin Scholarship, 1866 $1,000.00 

The George H. Rosseter Scholarship, 1873 1,000.00 

The Newton Henry Rosseter Scholarship,1870 1,000.00 

The Mrs. Charlotte Ck>ne Scholarship, 1856 1,000.00 

The Charles Stoddard Scholarship, 1866 1,000.00 

The Emory Washburn Scholarship, 1877 1,000.00 

The Mrs. Sarah Woodhull Arms Scholarship, 1877 1,000.00 

The Cyrus Taggart Mills Scholarship, 1886 1,000.00 

The Michael Edward Driscoll Fund, 1896 1,000.00 

The George Anderson Scholarship, 1906 1,000.00 

The Col. Henry Root Scholarship Fund, 1907 1,987.78 

The Benjamin Howard Fund, 1902 952.50 

The Eiara Starkweather Fund, 1835 943.60 

The Franklin Marcellus Olds Fund, 1886 700.00 

The Charles Milton Turell Scholarship, 1916 600.00 

The Charles Merriam Scholarship, 1860 550.00 

The J. Barker and Brothers Scholarship, 1856 500.00 

The W. W. Mason Scholarship, 1856 500.00 

The B. F. Bancroft Scholarship, 1856 500.00 

The Bela Peck Williams Scholarship, 1859 500.00 

The Thomas W. Williams Scholarship, 1859 500.00 

The John Tatlock, Jr., Fund, 1892 500.00 

The Charles Andrews Heath Fund, 1897 500.00 

The Ira Jewett Geer Fund, 1902 500.00 

The Fund of the Class of 1840 500.00 

The Fund of the Qass of 1857 500.00 

The Fund of the Class of 1860 450.00 

The Funds of six other classes 337.00 

The Frank Benjamin Yates Fund, 1897 500.00 

The Mrs. Betsey Barnes Fund, 1879 300.00 

The Fund of the Class of 1848 300.00 

The Fund of the Class of 1847 200.00 

Total $249,364.94 

The Horace F. Clark Prize Scholarship Fund of $20,000 is not 

a part of the General Scholarship Fund, its income being dis- 
tributed as prizes to all successful competitors without regard to 

their pecuniary circumstances, as is explained on page 125. 

THE FRANCIS LYNDE STETSON SCHOLARSHIPS 

Under the terms of the will of the late Francis Lynde Stetson, of 

the Class of 1867, eight scholarships are provided for, as follows: 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



182 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

"I give to the President and Trustees of Williams College at Wil- 
liamstown, Mass., the sum of S100,000 for the establishment and 
maintenance of not more than eight scholarships to be awarded to 
worthy, faithful, and competent students faithfully attending as 
undergraduates at Williams College, and coming from Clinton 
County, N. Y., preference being given to applicants in the follow- 
ing order: (1) Those from the city of Plattsburg, (2) from the town 
of Champlain, (3) from the town of Chazy, (4) from the town of 
Ausable, (5) from the town of Essex in Essex County; such 
scholarships to bear my name and to be awarded only to appli- 
cants whose qualifications as above stated shall be found suf- 
ficient in the opinion of the college Faculty to justify the award of 
such scholarships. ♦ ♦ ♦ i intend to limit the operation of 
this fund to the youth of the North Coimtry from which I and my 
parents came." 

In accordance with these provisions of Mr. Stetson's will the 
Trustees have established eight scholarships of the annual value 
of $600 each, to be awarded annually under the conditions above 
stated, provided, however, that in each case the appUcant 
shall have entered Williams College free of admission conditions. 
Each applicant must present a certificate from the Principal of his 
school that he is worthy, faithful, and competent. 

The Francis Lynde Stetson Scholarships are subject to renewal 
each year, provided that the regulations governing the award of 
general scholarships, as stated in the current catalogue and in 
so far as they are applicable, have been fully and faithfully com- 
plied with. 

Applications for the Stetson scholarships should be addressed 
to the chairman of the Scholarship Committee. 

EXPENSES 

Tuition, $100 per semester $200.00 $200.00 

Room charge, $30 to $112.50 per semester 60.00 225.00 

Board, $9 to $10 per week (38 weeks) 342.00 380.00 

Stationery, books, magazines, etc 30.00 30.00 

Laundry, repair of clothes, etc 40.00 50.00 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 133 

^Athletic tax, about 20% of room charge $12.00 $45.00 

light 6.00 9.00 



Total $089.00 $939.00 

These items represent the most essential expenses for the 
year. Other expenditures must depend entirely upon the per- 
sonal tastes and habits of the student. 

In addition to these items a fee is charged for the use of appara- 
tus and materials in connection with the following courses: 

AHl-e $8.00 

AHS 3.60 

AH 4 3.60 

Biology l-e 6.00 

Biology 3-4 6.00 

Biology 5-6 6.00 

Biology 7-8 6.00 

Chemistry 1 3 . 00 and breakage 

Chemistry 2 10.00 

Chemistry 3-4 10.00 

Chemistry 5 10.00 

Chemistry 6 6.00 

Chemistry? 6.00 

Chemistry 8 6.00 

Chemistry 10 6.00 

Geology 3 3.00 

Physics 1-2 6.00 

Physics 3-4 10.00 

Physics 6-6 10.00 

An additional charge of $10 is made on the last semester bill 
of the Seniors to cover expenses of graduation. 

Every student's bill is mailed to him at the beginning of each 
semester, and he is held responsible for prompt payment, which 
is required in advance. In case any student fails to pay by the 
end of the second week after the date of the bill, he may be 
excluded from all college exercises. No part of a term bill will 
be refunded for any cause. 

*The athletic tax is imposed by vote of the student body for the purpose of defraying the 
expenses of the various athletic organisations. Students working their way through college, 
however, are exempted from this tax, and those hdding scholarships sre exempted from 25% 
of the normal tax. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



134 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

Special damage done to college property by students will be 
charged to them. 

Those who enter with advanced standing, unless they come 
from another college, pay the following sums as entrance fees: 
viz., Sophomores, $10; Juniors, $20; Seniors, $30. 

Every student taking more than five qourses at the beginning of 
any semester will be charged a supplementary fee of $10 for the 
extra instruction of that semester; and every student taking 
more than six courses at the beginning of any semester will be 
charged a supplementary fee of $20 for the extra instruction of 
that semester. 

COLLEGE ROOMS 

The college has eight buildings used as dormitories. There 
are twelve triple rooms, one hundred and fifty-six double rooms, 
and thirty-four single rooms, accommodating about three hun- 
dred and eighty students. Every room is supplied with the es- 
sential articles of furniture, but each man provides his own light. 
The buildings are heated from a central heating plant, and all 
have bath and toilet conveniences. 

Necessary repairs are made by the college, but all additional 
work is at the expense of those who occupy the rooms. 

There are three methods of securing rooms: by occupancy, by 
lot, and by application. 

1 Up to May first of each year the two occupants of any room 
may retain their room for the ensuing college year by renewing 
their application and paying half of the yearly charge. One 
student may hold his half of a double -room by securing a room- 
mate from his own class or from an upper class. 

2 The rooms not thus reengaged are offered to the classes in 
college in order of their seniority, the choice in each instance 
being determined by lot. 

3 All rooms not taken by the men in college are open to the 
entering class in the order of application. This application 
does not constitute a promise on either part, but it gives the 
applicant an opportunity to select a room if, when the time of 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 136 

choice comes, there is any room open that he desires. An early 
application is wise. If he wishes a double room, he must select 
his own roommate at the time the appUcation is filed, or take 
the next man on the appUcation list. 

To secure a room the appUcant must sign the following paper: 

The undersigned hereby applies for the assignment to him of one-half of 

Room No in for the college year 

subject to all the published room regulations, and for his personal use and 
occupancy as a student, and agrees to pay therefor as a part of the annual 

charges during said year against the undersigned as a student the sum of $ 

payable in half-yearly payments. The first half-yearly payment shall be 
payable when the assignment is made, and no part thereof shall be refunded 
under any circumstances. 

The payment of one-half of the yearly charge when the assign- 
ment is made is required of all who take college rooms, both 
those abeady members of the college and those intending to enter. 

The man who signs for a room must occupy it himself; he 
cannot transfer it. No double room is secured until both appli- 
cations are on file with the Treasurer. Each occupant of a col- 
lege room is held responsible for all damage done to his room. 

Students who leave college at the end of the college year, as 
well as those who are to change from one room to another, or 
from a college room to a private house or a society house, must 
remove all their own furniture and other property from their 
rooms immediately after Commencement. Furniture not thus 
removed by the owner will be removed by the -college employees 
and stored at the owner's expense. This expense will be collected 
of students who leave college when the property is taken away, 
but in cases of other students it will be charged in the next term 
biU. All articles sent to students during vacation should be ad- 
dressed care of the Superintendent of Buildings. 

All students are required to reside in the college dormitories 
during their first two undergraduate years, imless excused by the 
Committee on Administration for reasons to be presented in 
writing by the appUcant. 

Descriptive Usts and price lists of rooms and general informa- 
tion may be obtained on appUcation to the Treasurer. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



136 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

COMMONS 

The College Commons in Currier Hall accommodates about 
one hundred and fifty men. The management is in the hands of 
the Commons Club, a student organization, which arranges with 
a caterer for board. The present weekly charge is $9. In 
addition to the dining room, a large and attractively furnished 
Commons Room is maintained. 

WILLIAMS INN 

The Williams Inn, formerly the Williams Alumni House, 
is a public inn, owned by a corporation composed of alumni of 
the college, and is open throughout the year. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 137 



HOLDERS OF SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following list of holders of scholarships is considered an honor list. It 
includes the names of none who have not been in college for at least a year, 
and of none who failed to satisfy the requirements stated on pages 12^129. It 
therefore excludes the names of all Freshmen and other new students, though 
they may be receiving the pecuniary advantages of scholarships. 

It excludes also the names of a few students who hold scholarships by special 
vote of the Trustees. 

The list is based on the work of the last year, as explained in section 4 on 
page 128. 

A few scholarships are dependent upon local considerations or personal 
nomination. Incumbents of such schol£u*ships are placed in the groups which 
correspond to their standing, without regard to the actual value of the schol- 
arships which they hold. 



GROUP I 

1922 1924 

John Lawson Cameron William Allison Davis 

Earl Wendel Count 



GROUP II 
1922 
Sterling Allen Brown 
Harry Mortimer Montgomery 



GROUP III 
1922 1923 

Hiram William Lyon Cecil Jerome Haggerty 

Bruno Moritz Schmidt Henry Miller Stephens 

Randolph Shepardson Towne 

1924 
Marhlon Getman Snell 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



138 



1922 
David Norman Craig 
Edwards Haven Dickinson 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

GROUP IV 

1923 
Egi Victor Fasce 
Ralph Winfield Scott 



1924 
Emil Joseph Calvacca 
Cornelius Thurston Chase, Jr. 
John Coleman Bennett 
Malcokn Campbell McMaster 
Walter Franklin Pease 
Robert Wab»th Powell 



GROUP V 



1922 
Prescott Avery Buell 
LeGrand Durby Feeley 
Peter Baldwin Fleming 
Charles Henry Gummey 
Le Roy Southworth Hart 
Douglass Anderson Hyde 
Adelbert Lewis Merriam 
William Flagg Olmsted 
Eric Howard Pattison 
Edward Rees Seaman 
Walter Bernard Wolfe 



1923 
John Nicholas Albert 
Joseph Edward Burke 
Frank Benjamin Carr 
Ernest Philip Gobeille 
Longstreet Hinton 
Tracy Kingsbury Livingston 
Samuel Winthrop Webb 



1924 
Reginald Nelson Blomfield 
Harold William Gale 
Theodore Adelbert Davis Niver 
Leonard Francis O'Brien 
Karl Wilhehn Packard 
Carl William Proctor 
Robert Niles Washbume 



Digitized by VjOOQIS 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 139 



PRIZES AWARDED AT COMMENCEMENT, 1921 

RHETORICAL PRIZES 

CleMral Prize 
James Hendrick Terry Class of 1922 

Junwr Prizes 

FiBST PBifflB— Hiram William Lyon Class of 1922 

Second PBiziH-Sterling Allen Brown Class of 1922 

Sophomore Prizes 

FiBST PRiziH-Lockwood Thompson Class of 1923 

Second Prizb— Herbert McAneny Class of 1923 

Prizes for Freshman DedamaHon Contest 

First Prize— Norman Stuart MacMillan Class of 1924 

Second Prize — Charles Scoville Wishard Class of 1924 

Honorable Mention — ^Karl Hoffman Helfrich Class of 1924 

BENEDICT PRIZES 
In Latin 

First Prize — Henry Miller Stephens Class of 1924 

Second Prize — ^Lockwood Thompson Class of 1923 

In Greek 

First Prize— Earl Wendel Comit Class of 1922 

Second Prize — Samuel Hamilton Humes Class of 1923 

In French 

First Prize — Jo Allison Humes Class of 1922 

Second Prize — equally divided between 

Earl Wendel Count Class of 1922 

Charles Francis O'Connor Class of 1921 

Honorable Mention — ^John Jay Buckner Class of 1924 

In German 

FiBST Pbize — Bruno Moritz Schmidt Class of 1922 

Second Pbize — equally divided between 

Albert William Bianchi Classof 1922 

Richard Sanford Hoffman Classof 1923 

Honorable Mention — ^Hartwell Borden Adams Class of 1922 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



140 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

In Mathematic8 

FiBST Prize— Carl Frederick Muckenhoupt Caassof 1022 

Second Prize — Howard Caswell Smith, Jr Class of 1922 

In Natural History 

First Prize— William Niles Wishard, Jr Class of 1921 

Second Prize — Charles Welby Dorsey, Jr Class of 1921 

In History 

First Prize — George Bentley Searls Class of 1921 

Second Prize — Richard Horrocks Balch Class of 1921 

Honorable Mention — Richard Peale Towne Class of 1921 

PRIZE FOR PRIZES 
Alfred Cary Schlesinger Class of 1921 

GRAVES PRIZES 
For Essays— Class of 19^1 
Richard Horrocks Balch 
Howard Radcliffe Coan 
Cameron Parker Hall 
Arthur Hall Richardson 
Alfred Cary Schlesinger 
Charles Lincoln Taylor, Jr. 
For Excellence in Delivery 
Cameron Parker Hall ^ 

VAN VECHTEN PRIZE FOR EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 

Alfred Cary Schlesinger Class of 1921 

Honorable Mention — ^Howard Radcliffe Coan Class of 1921 

RICE PRIZES 
In Latin 

First Prize — ^Alfred Cary Schlesinger Class of 1921 

Second Prize — ^Kenneth Scott Class of 1921 

In Greek 

First Prize— Alfred Cary Schlesinger Class of 1921 

Book Prizes from the Rice Fund 

Raymond Anthony Class of 1923 

Harland William Baxter Class of 1923 

Willard Evans Hoyt, Jr Class of 1923 

John Dean Langmuir Class of 1923 

Matthew Rankm Class of 1923 

Fred Vercoe, Jr Class of 1923 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 141 

DEWEY PRIZE FOR EXCELLENCE IN THE COMMENCEMENT 

EXERCISES 

Alfred Cary Schlesinger Class of 1921 

LATHERS MEDAL AND PRIZE 
Not awarded 

DAVID AMES WELLS PRIZE 
Not awarded 

CANBY ATHLETIC SCHOLARSHIP PRIZE 
Howard Radcliflfe Coan Class of 1921 

JOHN SARIN ADRIANCE PRIZE IN CHEMISTRY 

William Niles Wishard, Jr Class of 1921 

Honorable MisiniON — 

John Wensley Crofts Class of 1921 

Frederick William Fulle, Jr Class of 1921 

CONANT-HARRINGTON PRIZE IN BIOLOGY 
Julius Caulkins Gray Class of 1921 

DELANO PRIZE IN GREEK 
First Prize— Kemieth Scott Class of 1921 

PHILOLOGIAN-PHILOTECHNIAN EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 

PRIZE 

Contest not held 

FRANCIS W. RAWLE MEMORIAL CUP 
Leonard Francis O'Brien Class of 1924 

. FRATERNITY SCHOLARSHIP CUP 
Delta Kappa Epsilon 

HORACE F. CLARK PRIZE SCHOLARSHIPS 

Alfred Cary Schlesinger Class of 1921 

Charles Lincohi Taylor Class of 1921 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



142 WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

THE WILLIAMS GREEK FELLOWSHIP 
Kenneth Scott Class of 1021 

WILLIAM BRADFORD TURNER MEMORIAL PRIZE IN AMERICAN 

HISTORY 

Hampton Denman Ewing, Jr Class of 1022 

Honorable Mention — 

George Bentley Searls Class of 1921 

Robert Whitelaw Sniith Class of 1922 

WILUAM BRADFORD TURNER MEMORIAL PRIZE 
Howard Radcliffe Coan Class of 1921 

LEONARD S. PRINCE MEMORIAL SWIMMING PRIZE 

FiBST Prize — George Olmsted, Jr Class of 1924 

Second Prize — Milton Davis Sanford Class of 1924 

H. P. CONGER MEMORIAL PRIZE 
John Andrew Withrow Class of 1921 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 143 



HONORS 
FINAL HONORS IN SPECIAL FIELDS 

HIGHEST FINAL HONORS 

Howard Radcliffe Coan — English 
Alfred Gary Schlesinger — Greek 
Kenneth Scott — Latin 

FINAL HONORS 

William Dale Dana — French 
Ogden William Heath — French 
Rockwell Kent — History 
George Bentley Searls — History 
Gharles Lincoln Taylor, Jr. — English 
Richard Peale Towne — History 

SOPHOMORE HONORS 

Ernest Gregory Angevine Matthew Rankin 

Raymond Anthony Grenville Strong Sewall 

Harland William Baxter Henry Miller Stephens 

Richard Herkimer Bowen Edward Musgrave Sutton 

Cecil Jerome Haggerty Lockwood Thompson 

Samuel Hamilton Humes David Jewett Tiffany 

Herbert McAneny Randolph Shepardson Towne 
Gaylord Ashl3ai Wood 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



144 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



DEGREES CONFERRED IN 1921 



DEGREES IN COURSE 



BACHELOR OF ABT8 



George William Aldenaan 

Torrey Allen 

Webster Atwell 

John Conger Baker, Jr. 

Richard Horrocks Balch 

Morton Mortimer Banks 

Norman Collins Barwise 

Isaac Munro Blanchard 

Curtis Ellsworth Blimt 

Standish Taber Bourne 

John Summerfield Brayton, Jr. 

Daniel Morgan Brigham 

Henry Adam Brown, Jr. 

James Craigen Bruce, Jr. 

Herman Ewald Brucker 

Hugh Bullock 

Norman Chapman Burger 

George Bergen Carman 

Robert Spencer Carr 

Lloyd Clarkson 

Andrew Hale Cochran 

John Wesley Codding, Jr. 

Richard De Raismes Storey Combes 

Ferris Richardson Conklin 

Charles Mann Cutler 

Charles Welby Dorsey, Jr. 

Wilfred Ernest Eaton, Jr. 

Arthur Donald Ferguson 

John Hartney Finn 

Thomas James Fowler 

Charles Dickerman Fraker 

Frederick William Fulle, Jr. 

Donald Phelps Gamble 

Sherwood Beach Gay 



Cameron Parker EEall 
Edward Talcott Henning 
Theodore Seymour Heymann 
Robert Sargent Hibbard 
Walter Livingston Hinman 
Frederick Arthur Howland 
John Niles Huyck 
Robert Bruce H3mdman 
Dudley Marvin L*win, Jr. 
WyUys Lyman James 
William Harold Jeffrey 
Damon Everett Jones 
Tom JopUng 
Allan Wilson Joslyn 
Harold Bennett Keegan 
Hamilton Hyde KeUogg 
Ralph Tewksbury King 
Paul Lazarus Kohns 
John Whitin Lasell 
Arthur* Oakley Lohrke 
Donald McLean 
Alfred Whittlesey Mahan 
Stanley Baker Milton 
Knowlton Mixer, Jr. 
John Edmimd Moody 
Roger Cleveland Moore 
Charles Casper Noble 
Charles Francis O'Connor 
George William Palmer 
Philip Stokes Patton 
Robert Kenneth Perry 
Stuart Phillips 
John Robert Piatt 
John Whittelsey Power 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



WILLIAMS COLLBOE 



145 



Hugh Merriman Quigley 
Fred Henry Roth 
John Albert Rudloff 
George Bradley Seager 
Edwin Elliott Smeeth, Jr. 
Samuel Irwin Solomon 
Clinton Bowen Stanley 
Laurus Edgar Sutton, Jr. 
Edward Pease Taylor 
Hubert Sands Towne 



Hichard Peale Towne 
David Budlong Tyler 
Henry Mandeville Ufford 
George Carlton Underwood 
David Van Alstyne, Jr. 
Louis Graebel Wagner, Jr. 
Bentley Wirt Warren, Jr. 
Harold Frederick West 
George Moss White 
William Niles Wishard, Jr. 
John Andrew Withrow 



Richard Barton Cole 
John Wensley Crofts, *. B. K. 
William Dale Dana, $. B. K. 
Louis Bryant Freeman 



CUM LAXTDE 

Ogden William Heath, #. B. K. 
Femald Ellsworth Painter, *.B.K. 
Arthur Hall Richardson, f>. B. K. 
Arthur Louis Thexton 



William Lrving Zeitler, #. B. K. 



MAGNA CUM LAXTDE 

Rockwell Kent, #. B. K. 

SUMMA CUM LAXTDE 

Howard Radcliffe Coan, $. B. K. Kenneth Scott, #. B. K. 

Alfred Cary Schlesinger, #. B. K. George Bentley Searls, #. B. K. 

Charles Lincoln Taylor, Jr., #. B. K. 

MASTBB OF ABTB 

James Phinney Baxter, 3rd Herbert Barber Howe 

Perdval Henry Truman 



HONORARY DEGREES 



BACHBLOB OF ABTB FOB WAB SBBVICB 



Stanton Tice Allison 
Kenneth Daggett Beckwith 
Skeldon Cadman Belcher 
John Kinner Blitz 
Ben Lee Boynton 
John Lind Carson, Jr. 
Robert Cluett, 3rd 
^Deoeaaed. 

10 



*Thomas Ripley Dorr 
Julius Caulkins Gray 
Lawrence Henry Lang 
*Frederick Dobson Pollard 
George Stoddard Re3aiolds 
Roswell Truman 
Kenneth Hazen Woolson 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



146 



Alfred Marshall Hitchcock 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 

MASTBB OF ABT8 

Herbert Henry Lehman 
Arvie Eldred 



Edgar Preston Hill 
John Franklin Carter 



DOCTOR OP DIVINITT 



Samuel Smith Drury 
Cornelius Howard Patton 



DOCTOR OP SCIENCE 

Henry Baldwin Ward 

DOCTOR OP HUMANE LETTERS 

Alfred Ernest Steams Stanley Washburn 



DOCTOR OP LAWS 



Frederick Geller 
George Weston Anderson 



Edgar Erastus Clark 
Charles Jesse Bullock 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



STUDENTS 



CANDIDATES (IN RESIDENCE) FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 

OF ARTS 

Francisco Aguilera, B.A., 1920, University of Indiana 21 Southworth St 
Engliah French 

Lionel Eugene Ball, B.A., 1917, Tufts College 21 Southworth St. 

Economics GoifemmerU 

John Frederic Shieiner, B.A., 1916, Oberlin College 37 Southworth St. 

Economics Government 

Clarence Andrew Tash, B.S., 1920, Colby College Chemical Laboratory 

Chemistry Physics 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 

The foUowiog abbreviationB are used in the addranes of studenta: 

B. H. Berkshire HaU M. H. Morgan HaU 

C. H. Cuirier HaU W. C. West CoUeBe 

E. C. East College W. H. Williams HaU 

F. H. Fayerweather HaU W. H. A. Williams HaU Annex 
H. H. Hoxaey Hall J. H. Jesup HaU 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



148 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



SENIORS— CLASS OF 1922 



Hartwell Borden Adams 
George Francis Baker, Jr. 
Edward Malcolm Bancker 
Russell Henry Bayly 
Alan Lamplough Becket 
Albert William Bianchi 
Clifford Emory Blake 
Philip Randall Blake 
Theodore Colescott Brandeis, Jr. 
Storrs Talcott Brigham 
Paul Brown 
Sterling Allen Brown 
Herbert MaxweU Brune, Jr. 
Trescott Avery Buell 
Joseph Howard Bumsted 
William Chapman Burger 
Daniel Blodgett Bumham, Jr. 
John Lawson Cameron 
Gregory Nott Camp 
Newton Brown Castle 
Alexander Hamilton Chapman 
Warren Cook Clark 
Clement Biddle Penrose Cobb 
Sheldon Townsend Coleman 
Walter Donald Coleman 
Earl Wendel Count 
David Norman Craig 
Donald Cruse 
George Perrin Davis 
Waters Smith Davis, Jr. 
Daniel Dewey 
C^eorge Tufts Dewey, Jr. 
Edwards Haven Dickinson 
Winthrop Bulkley Dillingham 
Randolph Doherty 
Frederick Heber Eaton 
Stuart Franklin Edson 
James Franklin Elliman 
Chapman Gardiner Elliot 
Hampton Denman Ewing, Jr. 



Fall River 


*rA 


EvansUm, lU. 


#2;k 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


37 M. H. 


Denver, Colo. 


AA$ 


East Orange, N, J. 


AA« 


New York, N. F. 


«2K 


Bridgeport, Conn. 


GAX 


Springfield 


St. Anthony Hall 


South Orange, N. J, 


42W.H. 


Granby, Conn, 


AT 


Portland, Me. 


KA 


WashingUm, D. C. 


24B.H. 


Baltimore, Md. 


^AO 


PiUafidd 


*rA 


Jersey CUy, N. J. 


^T 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


ARE 


New York, N. Y. 


29W.H. 


WiUiametown 


#2;k 


New York, N. Y. 


EA 


Rochester, N. Y. 


4B.H. 


Longmeadow 


2^ 


Springfidd 


X^ 


New York, N. Y. 


KA 


New York, N. F. 


Z^ 


Troy, N. F. 


*r A 


WiUiamstown 


23 E. C. 


Ckicopee 


10-11 B.H. 


New York, N. F. 


St. Anthony HaU 


Bloomington, lU. 


10 C. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


AT 


Worcester 


KA 


Worcester 


K A 


HoUiston 


23 E. C. 


MiUbum, N. J. 


St. Anthony Hall 


Clifton, N. J. 


X^ 


East Orange, N. J. 


Ben 


Greenwich, Conn, 


^TA 


Yonkers, N. Y, 


*rA 


San Francisco, Calif. 


^SK 


Yonkers, N, Y. 


29W.H. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



149 



Edward Albert Fargo, Jr. 
Le Grand Durby Feeley 
Francis Eugene Field 
Peter Baldwin Fleming 
William Arthur Gardiner 
Edward Williams Garfield 
Henry Kirk Greer 
Marshall Grout 
Charles Henry Gummey, Jr. 
Robert Herman Hahlo 
Charles Nicholas Harder 
Le Roy Southworth Hart 
William Washington Hastings 
William Huckel 
Jo Allison Himies 
Otho Fairfield Himiphreys, Jr. 
Douglas Anderson Hyde 
Louis Sherwood Irwin 
Charles Blyi^ne Jarrett 
Arthur Osborne Jennings 
Edward Whitney Johnson 
Charles Frederick Kellers 
Baucus Cronkhite Kellogg 
Clarence Broughton Kilmer, Jr. 
John Learned 
Richmond Lewis 
Joshua Harold Loizeauz 
William Paul Luedeke, Jr. 
Hiram William Lyon 
William Roeder McLoud 
Everett Wilmer MacNair 
Amory Mellen 
John Dingee Mendes 
Adelbert Lewis Merriam 
Harry Mortimer Montgomery, Jr. 
John Rogerson Montgomery, Jr. 
Carl Frederick Muckenhoupt 
Edgerton Grant North 
John Burr Northrop 
William Flagg Ohnsted 
George Nelson Ostrander, Jr. 
Erie Howard Pattison 
Herbert Russell Pease 



EvansUm, lU. 


AA# 


Lenox 


11 B. H. 


AsheviUe, N. C. 


$Ae 


AmUyviUe, N. Y, 


#Ae 


BrookMne 


42W.H. 


Cleveland, 0. 


AA4> 


North Adams 


AT 


Brooklyn, N. F. 


f>Ae 


Bay Head, N.J. 


AT 


Cranford, N, J, 


3 W. C. 


Pittsfidd 


AT 


WiUiamstown 


115 E. Main St. 


Latorence, L. /. 


11 F. H. 


Westchester, Pa. 


$Ae 


Boston 


*r A 


London, England 


*rA 


North Adams 


AT 


Hempstead, N. Y. 


$2K 


Pittstmrgh, Pa. 


Z^ 


Sovihport, Conn. 


OAX 


Easthampton 


AT 


Jersey City, N. J. 


7 Spring St. 


Glens FaUs, N. Y. 


AT 


Saratoga Springs, N. 


F. ARE 


Washington, D. C. 


OAX 


Springfield 


Z$ 


PlainfiM, N. J. 


St. Anthony HaU 


Buffalo, N. Y. 


2* 


AOania, N. F. 


J.H. 


CleveHand, 0. 


sen 


Hdmdd, N. J. 


15 B. H. 


Stockbridge 


St. Anthony Hall 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


#2;k 


BlacHnton 


9B.H. 


Evanston, lU. 


Z^ 


Hubbard Woods, lU. 


- Ben 


Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 


4 B. H, 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


*T 


Maplewood, N. J. 


AT 


Yonkers, N. Y. 


#rA 


Saratoga, N. Y. 


7 Spring St. 


New York, N. F, 


Ben 


Chester 


*rA 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



160 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Phelps Phelps 
Phnip Phillips 
Spencer Phillips 
Richard Lawrence Plant 
Henry Sherwin Prescott 
William Howard Prescott, Jr. 
Roger Preston 
Ralph Earl Prime, HI 
Kenneth Frederick Pring 
William Rittenhouse Richardson 
Douglas Hall Rose, II 
Edward John -Rosenwald 
Richard Edson Rowse 
Robert Rubino 
Harrison Kimball Sayen 
Hany Klock SchaufSer 
Clinton Wolff Schelling 
Bruno Moritz Schmidt 
Edward Rees Seaman 
George Barnes Secor 
Walter Knapp Slack 
Sherwood Perry Smedley 
Howard Caswell Smith, Jr. 
Robert Whitelaw Smith 
Kakutaro Suzuki 
James Hendrick Terry 
Randolph Shepardson Towne 
Barent Sloane Vroman 
Dudley Brabner Wallace 
Henry Grant Wasson, Jr. 
Donald Whitsell Wells 
Roger Wood Wentworth 
Vincent Fiske Wilcox, Jr. 
Clarke Williams 
James Bumham Williams 
John Ellis Wilson 
Walter Bernard Wolfe 
Hermon Hall Woodward 
Arthur Vreeland Youngman 
George Ezekiel Zalles, Jr. 

Total 



New York, N, Y. 


^T 


Buffalo, N, F. 


KA 


MorUckdr, N, J. 


ARE 


New York, N. Y, 


7 Spring St. 


Cleveland, 0. 


^T 


Cleveland, 0. 


^T 


Lexington 


KA 


Yankera, N. F. 


7 Spring St. 


Orange, N. J, 


X* 


Jersey City, N, J. 


X^ 


Baltimore, Md, 


AKE 


New York, N, F. 


3W. C. 


Leocmglon 


St. Anthony HaU 


Babylon, L. /. 


23 B. H. 


West Philadelphia, Pa 


I. *Ae 


Kansas' City, Mo, 


AKE 


Brooklyn, N, F. 


Z* 


North Adams 


10-11 B. H. 


UnadUla, N. F. 


16 W. H. 


Toledo, 0. 


Z^ 


Saginaw, Mich, 


GAX 


WiUiamst(nDn 


AA$ 


Philadelphia, Pa. 


*Ae 


White River Junction, 


vt. * A e 


Tokyo, Japan 


35 W. H. 


New York, N, Y. 


#Ae 


WiUiamstown 


15 B. H. 


North Tonawanda, N. 


F. Ben 


Springfield 


AT 


Pittsburgh, Pa, 


GAX 


Carthage, Mo, 


$Ae 


Cohasset 


^XK 


Passaic, N, J. 


GAX 


New York, N, F. 


IM.H. 


WiUiamstown 


X^ 


WestfiM 


*rA 


Holyoke 


9B.H. 


Troy, N. Y, 


Ben 


Montdair, N, J, 


X* 


New York, N, F. 


AKE 



.123 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



151 



JUNIOR&-CLASS OF 1923 



John Nicholas Albert 
James Marshall Allen 
John Walter Allison 
John Nils Anderson 
Severn Andrew Anderson, Jr. 
Ernest Groesbeck Angevine 
Raymond Anthony 
Charles Montgomery Barnes 
Harland William Baxter 
Geoffrey Rupert Bennett 
Wingate Bixby, II 
Lawrence Hotchkiss Bloedel 
Charles Boiler 
Richard Herkimer Bowen 
Charles Albert Boynton 
Kenneth Phillips Britton 
John Jay Buckner 
Joseph Edward Burke 
John Crawford Byers 
Bruce Nelson Campbell 
Morgan Seaman Campbell 
Frank Benjamin Carr 
William Macy Chamberlin 
Alfred Hastings Chapin, Jr. 
Edwin Nesbit Chapman, Jr. 
Russell Crosby Clark 
Alan Copeland Collins 
John Cornwall 
Wilson Shepard Crosby 
Roger T<amkin Dowd 
Malcolm Dunn 
John Rorbaoh Durfee 
Daniel Edgar Evarts, Jr. 
Eg! Victor Fasce 
Paul Russell Fitchen 
Seaver Page Francis 
Ange Georges 
Ernest Philip Gobeille 
Herbert Bernard Greeff 
Lancaster Myron Greene 



Pittsfield 


19 B. H. 


Clinton Comers, N. Y. 


Z^ 


Brooklyn, N, F. 


18 C. H. 


Buffalo, N. F. 


Z^ 


Buffalo, N. Y. 


Z* 


Waban 


*rA 


Farmington, Conn. 


$2K 


New York, N, Y. 


AKE 


Northampton 


*r A 


WiUiamstown 


X* 


HaoerhiU 


2* 


SeatOe, Wash. 


KA 


Buffalo, N. Y. 


X* 


LowviUe, N, Y. 


Z^ 


Waco, Tex. 


AKE 


Hartford, Conn. 


Ben 


New York, N. Y. 


48W.H. 


Troy, N. Y. 


29 B. H. 


Pdham Manor, N. Y. 


4>Ae 


Northampton 


AT 


Englewood, N. J. 


*T 


Holden 


20E. C. 


Rye, N. Y 


6B.H. 


Springfield 


St. Anthony Hall 


Qreenwich, Conn. 


AKE 


New Brighton, N. 7. 


St. Anthony HaU 


WyncoU, Pa. 


AKE 


Short HiUs, N. J. 


28 M. H. 


Edgartown 


KA 


Newton Center 


AA« 


Lee 


S* 


PoUsUywn, Pa. 


37 M. H. 


Jersey CUy, N. J. 


^T 


Adams 


10 C. H. 


Albany, N. Y. 


AT 


New York, N. Y. 


AA# 


Nice, France 


7H.H. 


WiUiamstown 


7 Hall St. 


New York, N. Y. 


#2K 


Rochester, N. Y. 


Z^ 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



152 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Cecfl Jerome Haggerty 


Holvoke 


17 B. H. 


George Johnson Hamilton 


New York, N. Y. 


AT 


Meredith Hemphill 


New York, N, Y. 


St. Anthony HaU 


John Garland Hilton 


Jersey CUy, N. J. 


^T 


Longstreet Hinton 


Locust VaMey, L. /. 


*rA 


James Ludlow Hiss 


Eaai Orange, N. J, 


12 B. H. 


Richard Sanf ord Hoffman 


New York, N, Y. 


St. Anthony Hall 


Stephen Woolsey Hopkins 


Northampton 


9G.H. 


Willard Evans Hoyt, Jr. 


WtUiamstown 


AA$ 


Samuel Hamilton Humes 


Jersey Share, Pa. 


Z# 


Edward Nobuo Ishida 


Tokyo, Japan 


4 E.G. 


Sherman Armstrong Jones 


New York, N, Y. 


Z# 


Stuart Graig Keen 


Greenwich, Conn, 


36 W. H. 


John Dean Langmuir 




N. Y. 16 F. H. 


James Grate Larkin 


BujBfalo, N. Y. 


KA 


Henry Miller Lawder 


ML Vernon, N. Y. 


ARE 


Hervey Grampton Lawder 


ML Vernon, N. Y. 


ARE 




Swathmore, Pa, 


28M.H. 


Tracy Kingsbury Livingston 


Thompson, Conn. 


Z* 


Frank Mathias Low, Jr. 


Washington, D. C. 


Z^ 


Denham Golby Lunt 


Greenfield 


e AX 


Everett Eddy Lyles 


Canaan, Conn. 


AT 


Herbert McAneny 


New York, N. Y. 


*Ae 


Gordon Wallace McGurdy 


Rochester, N. Y. 


z* 


Horace Taft Mallon 


CindnnaH, 0. 


AA* 


Gharles Edward Maxwell 


Monidair, N. J. 


X* 


Raymond Mellen 


Stockbridge 


St. Anthony Hall 


Donald Bedell MiUer 


PitUfiM 


X* 


Edward Rogers Monjo 


Stamford, Conn. 


*SR 


Stewart Wells Morse 


Binghamton, N. Y, 


35 W. H. 


Alfred Glarke Mosher 


Binghamion, N. Y. 


GAX 


Kent Harwood Newton 


Hartford, Conn. 


Ben 


Ernst Ludwig Friedrich Nicklas 


Newark, N. J. 


37 M. H. 


Alanson Weller Ohnsted 


Chicago, III 


Z^ 


Frank James Owen 


Pittsfidd 


2E. G. 


Gourtlandt Budd Parker 


Morris Plains, N. J. 


GAX 




FaU River 


fex^ 


Sherwood Townsend Peckham 


New RocheUe, N. Y. 


*2;r 


Haven Palmer Perkins 


Birmingham, Ala. 


19 G. H. 


Garl William Proctor 


Lunenbiarg 


16 F. H. 


William Bentley Quamtance, Jr. 


New York, N. Y. 


RA 


Matthew Rankin 


Chester, Pa. 


5M.H. 


John AUen Reid 


South Easton 


3E.G. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



153 



Joseph Thorns Resor 
Charles Stewart Richmond 
Wallace Everett Richmond, Jr. 
George Irving Rounds 
Harry Macdonald Rounds 
Richard August Ruether 
Theodore Maynard Schenck 
Ralph Winfield Scott 
Richard Matthews Sellwood, Jr. 
Grenville Strong Sewall 
Francis Batchelder Shepardson 
Edwin ShutUeworth, Jr. 
Rutledge Simmons 
Gilbert Page Simons 
Wilson Woodbury Smith 
Henry Miller Stephens 
Clifton Heald Stowers 
Edward Musgrave Sutton 
Walter McDougall Taylor 
Orrin Thacker, Jr. 
Lockwood Thompson 
David Jewett Tiffany 
Fred Vercoe, Jr. 
Royal Lee Vilas, Jr. 
Vincent Villard 
Edwin James Wallace 
James Crawford Ward 
Samuel Winthrop Webb 
Henry Booth Wightman 
Harold Stuart Wilson 
Wallace Henry Witcombe 
Gaylord Ashlyn Wood 
Lytle Qreenlease Zuber 

Total 



Cincinnati, 0. 


3 E.G. 


Chatham, N. J. 


S* 


NewUmviUe 


GAX 


Summit, N. /. 


AT 


Summit, N, J. 


AT 


WiUiamstown 


67 Spring St. 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


16W.H. 


Washington, D. C, 


2F.H. 


Duluth, Minn. 


10 M. H. 


Rye, N. Y. 


KA 


Reading 


$2E 


Douglaston, L, L 


KA 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


St. Anthony HaU 


Blauvdt, N, Y. 


AA4> 


Chardon, 0. 


Z^ 


Yonkera, N. Y. 


12 B. H. 


South Weymouth 


#2E 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


38M.H. 


Newark, N. J. 


9T 


Columbus, 0. 


X^ 


Cleveland, 0. 


ARE 


Lyme, Conn, 


Ben 


Columbus, 0. 


S* 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


#Ae 


New York, N, Y. 


6B.H. 


Los Angeles, Calif, 


X* 


Kansas City, Mo, 


S* 


Lakewood, N, J, 


^SK 


New York, N, Y, 


KA 


Patwson, N, J, 


*Ae 


ML Vernon, N, Y. 


5M.H 


Indianapolis, Ind, 


18C.H 


Cincinnati, 0, 


19 C. h' 



.116 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



154 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



SOPHOMORES— CLASS OF 1924 



Reginald Estabrook Anderson 
Edwin Goddard Ayer 
George Arthur Ayer 
Fahy MerriU Barker 
Henry Lyman Barnes 
John Wilcox Barnes 
Evan Mansfield Barton 
Malcolm Sterling Barton 
James Laoey Beal 
John Coleman Bennett 
Rulef Cornelius Bennett, Jr. 
Paul Whedock Bigelow 
Albert Constant Bilicke 
Alan Francis Bishop 
Alan Rogers Blackmer 
Reginald Nelson Blomfield 
Marvin Wilson Bridges 
Robert Bennett Brigham 
Lanphear Buck 
Robert Treat Buck 
Lewis Probasco Buckner 
Emil Joseph Calvacca 
William Marriott Canby, 3d 
Edward Jewett Carleton 
Horace Milne Carleton 
WilUam Dixon Carr 
Lyndall Frederic Carter 
Cornelius Thurston Chase, Jr. 
Joseph Titcomb Chatman 
Richard Clason 
Henry Schuyler Cole 
Lewis CoveU Copeland 
James Edgerton Crosby 
Joseph Gushing 
William Allison Davis 
Linsley Villars Dodge 
Irving Speiser Dribben 
Winthrop Stuart Drury 
Hugh Pierrepont Etheridge 
Charles Moon Fenner 



OrafUm 


20M.H. 


WiUaughby, 0. 


AT 


Worcester 


12 W. H. 


BangoTf Me. 


26 M. H. 


Minneapolis, Minn. 


IW.C. 


New York, N. Y. 


41 W. H. 


Chicago, lU. 


14 W. C. 


Ckicaffo, III 


14 W. C. 


Evaneton, lU, 


^AG 


MorrieUmm, N, J, 


27 B. H. 


Ridgewood, N, J. 


4W.C. 


Bdlport, N. Y, 


49 W. H. 


Los Angeles, Calif. 


6W.H. 


Lockport, N. Y. 


49 W. H. 


Oak Park, lU. 


33M.H. 


EaathampUm 


12 E. C. 


Omaha, Ntbr. 


41 W. H. 


NewUm Center 


35 M. H. 


FaU River 


18 E. C. 


FaU River 


16 M. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


48 W. H. 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


10 E. C. 


Philadelpkia, Pa. 


45 W. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


3M. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


^T 


Albany, N. Y. 


18 W. H. 


Needham Heights 


38W.H. 


Great Barrington 


7-« B. H. 


SwampscoU 


10 M. H. 


Stapleton, N. Y. 


4M.H. 


Indianapolis, Ind. 


18 E. C. 


Northampton 


11 E. C. 


Ridgewood, N. J. 


^T 


Fitchburg 


4W.C. 


Washington, D. C. 


2F.H. 


New York, N. Y. 


10 M. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


11 W. H. 


Northampton 


11 E. C. 


Salem 


10 M. H. 


Meriden, Conn. 


^ 39W.H. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



155 



Allen Whitman Fincke 
Andrew Jackson Foster, Jr. 
Samuel Lester Fuller, Jr. 
Harold William Gale 
Lascelles Alexander Geddes 
Harmon Sheldon Graves, Jr. 
Norvin Ruliffson Greene 
Bertrand Calvert Greer 
Russell Parker Harding 
Allan Healy 
Karl Hoffman Helf rich 
Truman Aldrich Herron 
John Barnard Hitz 
£higene Augustus Hoffman 
Edwin Holmes, Jr. 
Charles Amory Hull 
James Gilbraith Hunter 
George Albert Hurley 
Floyd Egbert Jayne 
Lester Eh'win Johnson 
Carter Fessenden Jones 
Andrew Saeger Keck 
Joseph Augustus Kellogg, Jr. 
Lewis Sayre Kerr, Jr. 
Rodney Alan Kimball 
Joseph Henry Kincaid 
John Madison Klapproth 
Richard Lum 
Henry Arthur MacDonald 
Rob^ Hargitt McGrath 
Jack Becker McKean 
John Erastus McKelvy 
John Milton Mackie 
Edward Cochrane McLean 
Malcolm Campbell McMaster 
Norman Stuart MacMillan 
George Allen Mason, Jr. 
Ernest Merrill 
John Menyweather 
Creighton Sibley MiUer 
Walter Perry Moak 
Ernest Addison Moody 
George Nebolsine 



Englewood, N, J. 


18 B. H. 


Stamford, Conn, 


IW.H. 


New York, N, Y, 


20F.H. 


West Hartford, Conn, 


24 E. C. 


MorUckdr, N, J. 


IC. H. 


New York, N, Y. 


5F.H. 


Rochester, N. Y. 


20 F. H. 


North Adams 


34M.H. 


Brooklyn, N, Y, 


6W.C. 


Chicago, lU, 


9W.H. 




32 M. H. 


Cincinnati, 0. 


32 W. H. 


Milwavkee, Wis, 


31 M. H. 


Morristoum, N. J. 


43 W. H. 


Englewood, N. J. 


A A« 


Poughkeepsie, N, Y. 


2C.H. 


New York, If, Y, 


IW.H. 


Brooklyn, N, Y, 


Ben 


North Adams 


30M. H. 


Wolcott, N, Y, 


9M.H. 


Brooklyn, N, Y, 


St. Anthony HaU 


Allentown, Pa. 


8W.C. 


Glens FaUs, N, Y, 


29M.H. 


New York, N. Y. 


43 W. H. 


Summit, N, J, 


9 E.G. 


WkUe Plains, N, Y. 


5C.H. 


Chicago, III, 


IW.C. 


Chatham, N, J. 


9 E.G. 


Erie, Pa, 


19W.H. 


Cleveland, 0, 


Ben 


New Rochelle, N. Y. 


8W.C. 


Pittsburgh, Pa, 


29M.H. 


Great Barrington 


AA« 


Hoosick Falls, N, Y. 


12 W. H. 


WiUiamstown 


168 Main St. 


Pittston, Pa, 


19 F. H. 


Highland Park, lU. 


21 W. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


20M.H. 


Highland Park, lU. 


27W.H. 


MarshaU, Mich, 


21 W. H. 


Brooklyn, N. Y, 


25 B. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


16 M. H. 


New York, N, Y, 


8F.H, 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



156 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Theodore Addbert Davis Niver 
Donal Clare O'Brien 
Leonard Francis O'Brien 
Douglas Worth Olcott 
Milo Hoyt Olin 
George Olmsted, Jr. 
Horace Shepard Parker 
Kenneth Bushnell Pattison 
Walter Franklin Pease 
James Monroe Perkins, Jr. 
Harold Eugene Poel 
Robert Wabath Powell 
Reginald William Pressprich, Jr. 
Ra3m[iond Arthur Pring 
Hosmer Parmelee Redfield, Jr. 
Robert Myers Repp, Jr. 
James Buckalew Robinson 
Lawrence Bond Romaine 
Philip Rudnick 

Thomas Macdonough Russell, Jr. 
Milton Davis Sanford 
David Leslie Saunders 
Josiah Lombard Sayre 
John Schoonmaker 
James Bradley Scott, Jr. 
Edward Perkins Selden, Jr. 
Edwin Murray Senter 
Paul Demond Shores 
Calvin Homer Short 
Wharton Sinkler, II 
Merrill Rutherford Smeeth 
Marhlon Getman Snell 
Henry Donald Spence 
Theodore Donald Starr 
William Ruf us Stephenson 
Eugene Morgan Stevens, Jr. 
Duncan Cady Taylor 
Hayward Stone Thompson 
John Jacob Trounstine 
Rodman Ward 
Rodney Washburn 
Robert Niles Washbume 
Willard Isaac Webb, Jr. 



BeacoTiron-Hudaon, N. Y, 


10 E. C. 


Huntington^ L. /. 


13 M. H. 


N&rth Adams 


30 M. H. 


Albany, N. Y. 


18W.H. 


Perry, N. F. 


47 W. H. 


Evanstan, lU, 


7M.H. 


Fair Haven, VL 


8E.C. 


New York, N. Y. 


31 M. H. 


Chester 


20 E. C. 


Wooddiff Lake, N.J. 


AF.H. 


New York, N. Y. 


4M.H. 


Springfield 


7-8 B. H. 


Rye, N. Y. 


3M.H. 


Orange, N, J. 


X^ 


Hartford, Conn. 


15 M. H. 


PUtshurgh, Pa. 


11 W. H. 


WUkea-Barre, Pa. 


19 F. H. 


Morrietown, N. J. 


^T 


WtUiamsttnon 


109 Cole Ave. 


Middletawn, Conn. 


GAX 


Fall Rvfer 


38W.H. 


Yimkere, N. Y. 


6W.H. 


Chicago, lU. 


7W.H. 


Newhurgh, N. Y. 


3W.H. 


Newhurgh, N. Y. 


KA 


Erie, Pa. 


19 W. H. 


Brunswick, Me. 


24 B.C. 


Northampton 


7W.C. 


Chicago, lU. 


10 F. H. 


Radnor, Pa. 


32 W. H. 


Oak Park, III 


33 M. H. 


Herkimer, N. Y. 


8B.H. 


Jersey CUy, N. J. 


47 W. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


34W.H. 


Dvluth, Minn. 


AA* 


Evanston, lU. 


AF.H. 


PlainfiM, N. J. 


6M.H. 


Farmington, Conn, 


2M.H. 


New York, N. Y. 


15 F. H. 


WilmingUm, Del. 


20W.H. 


Worcester 


4F.H. 


WiUiamstown 


163 Main St. 


Toledo, 0. 


9W.a 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 167 



Silas Elisha Wentworth 
Holden Durf ee Wetherbee 
William Walter Wilcox, Jr. 
Charles Scoville Wishard 
Andrew Hickenlooper Withrow 

Total 


Springfield 
FaU River 
MiddUtawn, Conn. 
Indianapolis, Ind. 
Cincinnati, 0, 


3F.H. 

30B.H. 

2M.H. 

41 W. H. 

28B.H. 

131 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



158 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



FRESHMEN— CLASS OF 1925 



Edward Campion Acheson, Jr. 

Frank William Adams 

Bryan Tillinghast Adriance 

Francis Van Vranken Adriance 

Warren Irving Archer 

Allan Hamilton Bach 

Alfred Graham Baldwin 

Frank Troutman Balke 

John Thomas Baxter, Jr. 

Charles Lake Beckwith, Jr. 

George Ogston Begg, Jr. 

Wilmot Kennedy Bell 

Robert Ludlum Bergen 

Arnold Bemhard 

Warren Bicknell, Jr. 

John Hall Blackburn 

Albert Bonynge 

Richard Williams Bourne 

Charles Bedros Bozoian 

Anthony Brayton 

Charles Goodwin Brazier, Jr. 

Alexander Leisenring Brodhead, Jr. 

Arthur Voorhees Brown, Jr. 

David Brown 

Gordon Brown 

Hubert Cunningham Brown 

John Edwin Brown, Jr. 

Abbott Francis Brownell 

Franklin Snow Browning 

Freeland Ray Cameron 

George Kendall Campbell 

Harold Whiting Gary 

Clarence Stedman Chandler 

Hovey Charles Clark 

Walter Houston Clark 

Arthur Alexander Clarkson 

DeWitt Clinton 

John Parmenter Cluett 

Howard Emerson Coe 

Townsend Putnam Coleman 



Middletovm, Conn. 


2W.C. 


Ho-Ho-Ku8, N. J. 


7F.H. 


WtUiamstovon 


16 W. C. 


Englewood, N. J. 


20B.H. 


Lee 


8M.H. 


Mi. Vernon, N, F. 


16 C. H. 


AmUyviUCf L. I. 


31 W. H. 


Cincinnati^ 0. 


7W.C. 


Minneapolis, Minn, 


11 W. C. 


East Orange, N, J. 


46 W. H. 


DetroU, Mich. 


12 M. H. 


PleaaantviOe, N. Y. 


17 C. H. 


Queens, N. Y, 


22W.H. 


Rutherford, N. J. 


6 E.G. 


Cleveland, 0. 


6 W. H. A. 


Albany, N. Y. 


14 F. H. 


Locust VaOey, L. I. 


17 M. H. 


New Bedford 


2W.H. 


WhUinsviUe 


13 F. H. 


FaU River 


14 M. H. 


White Plains, N. Y. 


50 Grace Court 


Catasaugua, Pa, 


7 E.G. 


Indianapolis, Ind, 


8C.H. 


North Chelmsford 


16 E. C. 


Berlin, N. H, 


IH.H. 


Glens Falls, N, Y, 


17 W. H. 


Columbus, 0, 


18 F. H. 


New York, N, Y, 


5W.C. 


Greenfield 


15 W. H. 


WUliamstovm 


22 E. C. 


Utica, N, Y, 


4 W. H. A. 


LyonsvUle 


5 E.G. 


Keene, N, H, 


25 M. H. 


Evanston, III. 


25 W. H. 


Westfield, N, J, 


22 M. H. 


Bay Shore, L. I, 


9F.H. 


Buffalo, N, Y, 


24M.H. 


Troy, N, Y. 


22F.H. 


Waterhury, Conn, 


5W.H. 


New York. N, Y. 


23M.H. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



159 



William Walter Commons 
Hemry Walker Comstock 
William Eaton Conklin 
Harold Huntting Cook 
William Bolton Cook 
John Thomas Corsa 
Rufus Billings Cowing, III 
Duncan Cranford 
Henry James Crawford 
Robert Fellows Cutler 
Arthur Dwight Dana, Jr. 
Lewis Henry Davis 
Richard Heaston Davis 
George Ludwig Degener, Jr. 
Harrison Gaslin Dickey, Jr. 
Harold Henning Dodds 
John Augustus Dow 
John Edwin Dowling 
Alfred Eastlack Drisooll 
Kenneth James Dugan 
James Harris Dunham, Jr. 
Robert James Dimlop 
Henry Ehlers, Jr. 
Maxwell Hall Elliott, Jr. 
Robert Trogway Evans 
Laurence WasMngton Fairfax 
Robert Pratt Famsworth 
Benjamin Thompson Fawcett 
Russell Link Fay 
Coverly Fischer 
Harris Baldwin Fisher, Jr. 
John Francis Fiske 
Francis Joseph Fitzpatrick 
Leroy Percy Fletcher, Jr. 
Robert Floyd 

Lewis Witherbee Francis, Jr. 
Chester Burrows Freeman 
Frederick Albert Frost 
John Beury Gallaudet 
Walter Marenus Gladding, Jr. 
Charles Paget Golding 
Robert Gordon, Jr. 
George Millard Graves 



WhUinwiUe 


2W.H. 


Buffalo, N, y. 


24M.H. 


New RocheUe, N, Y. 


24W.H. 


New York, N, Y. 


26 W. H. 


Pwichester, N. Y. 


IC.H. 


Veto, Fla, 


9W.H. 


Glen Ridge, N. J. 


23M.H. 


BrooHyn, N. Y. 


13 W. H. 


Cleveland, 0. 


9M.H. 


Suffem, N. F. 


3B.H. 


New York, N. F. 


15 W. C. 


AmUyviUe, N, Y. 


31 W. H. 


Schenectady, N, Y. 


18 M. H. 


New York, N. F. 


32 M. H. 


Minneapolis, Minn. 


IIC.H. 


Troy, iV. Y. 


XF.H. 


New York, N. Y. 


13 C. H. 


Troy, N. Y. 


IF.H. 


Haddonfield, N. J. 


14 F. H. 


Albany, N. Y, 


13 B. H. 


ScrarUon, Pa, 


7F.H. 


Syracuse, N. F. 


8W.C. 


Brooklyn, N, Y. 


IB.H. 


New York, N. Y. 


17 C. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


6H.H. 


Brooklyn, N. F. 


5B.H. 


Plattshurg, N, Y. 


12 F. H. 


Newton 


49 W. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


IB.H. 


Brooklyn, N, F. 


6B.H. 


New RocheUe, N. Y. 


8C.H. 


Utica, N. F. 


21 B. H. 


PlaUshurg, N. F. 


12 F. H. 


Springfield 


15 W. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


15 M. H. 


Brooklyn, N, Y. 


2B.H. 


Cincinnati, 0. 


40 W. H. 


Newark, N, J, 


16 C. H. 


Philadelphia, Pa, 


22F.H. 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


13 W. H. 


Philadelphia, Pa, 


14 C. H. 


Brooklyn, N. Y, 


33 W. H. 


Bennington, Vt. 


4 W. H. A. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



160 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Frank Gilbert Gregory, Jr. 
James Benedict Gulick 
Frank Bird Gununey 
Nichols Hall 
Henry Haman Hamilton 
Clark Bassett Harding 
Warren Eaton Harrigan 
Roger Brush Haviland 
Laurence Kellogg Hawkins 
James Harold Herbert 
Richard Heywood 
Charles Lovejoy Hibbard, Jr. 
Charles West Hinton 
Daniel Holmes Hodgman 
Donald Rumsey Holt 
James Scribner Hopkins 
William Edgar Horwill 
Edgerton McCleUan Howard 
Oliver Wentworth Huckel 
George Fundenburg Humphrey 
Paul Whitney Hyatt 
Herbert Savage Ide, Jr. 
Robert Black Ivory, Jr. 
John Alexander Jameson, Jr. 
Robert Kilboume Jeffrey 
Harold Stowell Johnson 
Alexander Henry Johnston 
Cyrus Houston Jones, Jr. 
Richard Hoster Jones 
Charles Archag Karagheusian 
Oliver Davis Keep 
Charles Gregory King, 3d 
John Peak Kniffin 
Finley Bailey Krause 
Philip Eckel Krichbaum, Jr. 
John Lyman Lacey 
Beverley Hastings Lapham 
Alexander Payne Leete 
Edwin Lefevre, Jr. 
Charles Rogers Lindsay, III 
John Holyoke Livingston 
Charles Emory Lochner 
John Edwards Lockwood 
Gilbert Wendel Longstreet 



Newark, N. J. 
Maplewood, N. J, 
Bay Head, N. J, 
Springfidd 
Cedar Rapids, la, 
PUUfiM 
BaUimore, Md, 
GloversviOe, N. Y. 
Schenectady, N, Y, 
CleoeUmd, 0. 
Worcester 
PiUsfidd 

Locust VaUey, L, /. 
St, Louis, Mo, 
Oconto, Wis. 
Northampton 
Brooklyn, N, Y, 
WiUiamstown 
Chreenwich, Conn. 
Saratoga Springs, N, Y, 
Brooklyn, N. Y, 
Troy, N, Y, 
Glen Osborne, Pa, 
Santa Barbara j Calif. 
Bexley,0, 
Lynn 

Glen Cove, N, Y, 
El Paso, Tex, 
Columbus, 0. 
New York, N, Y. 
Rutherford, N, J, 
Cleveland, 0. 
Kansas City, Mo, 
Brooklyn, N, Y, 
Montdair, N. J, 
Havana, III. 
Syracuse, N. Y, 
Pittsburgh, Pa, 
Dorset, Vt, 
Bethesda, Md. 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 
Albany, N, Y. 
New York, N, Y. 
Chicago, lU, 



17 M. H. 
6F. H. 

19 E. C. 

6C.H. 

7 W. H. A. 

3 W. H. A. 

80 North St. 

9 W. H. A. 

18 M. H. 
28W.H. 

3B.H. 

7C.H. 

7 E.G. 

13 W. C. 

17 W. H. 

9C.H. 

2B.H. 

25 M. H. 

12 C. H. 

34M.H. 

23W.H. 

40W.H. 

10 W. H. A. 

23W. H. 

44W.H. 

26 B. H. 

3F.H. 

2H.H. 

44W.H. 

23 F. H. 

6 E.G. 

21 F. H. 

9 W. H. A. 

46 W. H. 

15 C. H. 

37 W. H. 

7 W. H. A. 

21 M. H. 

2W.H.A. 

5 W. H. A. 

9F.H. 

13-14 B. H. 

12 W. C. 

lOW.H.A. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



161 



Marvin McCord Lowes 
Riehard Houston Ludeman 
Leslie Pairy Lugsdin 
Charles Lukens 
Philip Swain McConnell 
Robert Ellsworth McLane 
Daniel Herbert McLaury, Jr. 
Donald Stewart MacMaster 
Henry Gordon MacMorran 
John Thomas Mains 
Russell Makepeace 
Charles Lucas March 
Harry Boyd Marshall 
Frederico Franco Mauck 
Robert Baird Mitchell 
Howard Kenneth Moore 
Lewis Whittaker Morgan 
Charles Schroyer Motter 
Biurton Stevenson Munro 
Donald Murphy 
Robert Terence Murray 
Wallace Piatt Neilson 
Henry Webster Newbegin 
Grove Frederic Newhard, Jr. 
Edgar Burton Newton 
Herbert Conant Nicholls 
John Russell Norton 
Pierce Onthank 
John Stuart Osborne 
Kenneth Angle Owen 
Karl Wilhehn Packard 
Leroy Albert Page, III 
Edward Carroll Parker 
Whitmore Parker 
Wilson Parkhill 
Avery Sherburne Peabody 
Alfred Kittredge Pearson 
George Fiteh Perkins, Jr. 
Charles Weaver Peny 
Francis William Phillips 
Henry Austin Pickard 
James Piper, Jr. 
Sherwood Kellogg Piatt 
Harold Ladd Plumley 
11 



FlusUng, L. /. 


1 W. H. A. 


SayvOU, N. F. 


31 W. H. 


MinneapdiSf Minn, 


11 W. C. 


Ardmore, Pa. 


19 E. C. 


La Crowe, Wis. 


22B.H. 


Paiencm, N. J. 


6F.H. 


ML Vernon, N. Y. 


17 W. H. 


RocheeUr, N. Y. 


9 W. H. A. 


Port Huron, Mich* 


16W.C. 


Greenfield, 0. 


13 W. C. 


Montdair, N. J. 


12 C. H. 


Ashfijdd 


5E.a 


North Adams 


14 C. H. 


Conshohochen, Pa. 


12 W. C. 


MontcUnr, N. J. 


2H.H. 


Fair Haven, Vt. 


lE.C. 


Wamerding, Pa. 


6W. H. 


Oak Park, lU. 


30 W. H. 


Woodbum, Nova Scotia 


6H. H. 


Decattir, lU. 


3W.H. 


Troy, N. Y. 


12 B. C. 


Darien, Conn. 


UW.H. 


Cambridge 


16 W. C. 


Hartford, Conn. 


12 M. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


24W.H. 


Winnetka, lU. 


28W.H. 


Newton 


4H.H. 


FitcKburg 


23 F. H. 


Stockbridge 


10 W. C. 


Schenectady, N. Y. 


18 M. H. 


Limerick, Me. 


16 E.G. 


Minneapolis, Minn. 


8 W. H. A. 


DetroU, Mich. 


24W.H. 


PittsfiM 


7C.H. 


Brooklyn, N. Y. 


10 M. H. 


West Newton 


16 C. H. 


Gardner 


1 W. H. A. 


Lee 


8M.H. 


Greenfield 


37 W. H. 


Albany, N. Y. 


13-14 B. H. 


Evanston, lU. 


7M.H. 


EccUsUm, Md. 


2 W.H.A. 


Evanston, lU. 


13 F. H. 


Meriden, Conn. 


18 F. H. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



162 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Robert Whinyates Post 
John Sherwin Prescott 
William Creighton Reed 
Edgar Preston Richardson 
Franklin Dohn Rudolph 
Monteath Ruston 
Charles Hamilton Sabin, Jr. 
John Grimes Schmidt 
Walter Friedrich Schmidt 
John Pratt Schoentgen 
Charles Alexander Seibert 
Alan Kirkwood Shaw 
Joseph Jeffrey Shedd 
Edward Simeon Skillin, Jr. 
Denys Russell Slater 
Ebenezer Smith 
Judson Penfield Smith 
Rene Moen Smith 
Ra3nnond Warden Smith 
Ralph Hazlewood Soby 
Abbott Kittredge Spencer 
John Alexander Stephenson, Jr. 
Graham Lee Sterling, Jr. 
Gordon Vail Stoddard 
Frederick Marquette Stoney 
Frederick Jaques Swan 
William Richard Teller, Jr. 
Robert Phillip Touton 
Frederick TaUmadge Towne 
Baltus Barentszen Van Eleeck 
Hermann Vorys 
Peter Hall Walton 
Mortimer Grover Weaver, 11 
Horace Fremont Webb, Jr. 
Parker Crossby Webb 
Ferdinand Justin Weber 
Lyles Zabriskie WeUs 
Joseph Thomas Wilson 
Clifford Jerome Wood 
Julian Augustus Woodcock, Jr. 
Wyllis Eaton Wright 
Ferdinand Lott Wyckoff 

Total 



Jeney CUy, N. /. 


36 M. H. 


Cleveland, 0. 


34 W. H. 


New York, N. Y. 


4W.H. 


Philadelphia, Pa, 


14 E. C. 


Winnetka, lU, 


25 W. H. 


BronxvUle, N. Y. 


6 W. H. A. 


New York, N. Y. 


IH.H. 


Jersey CUy, N, J. 


36 M. H. 


New York, N, Y. 


26 W. H. 


Council Bluffs, la. 


6W.H. 


Troy, N. Y. 


8E.C. 


Yonkers, N. F. 


2W.C. 


Columbus, 0. 


6W.C. 


Glen Ridge, N, J. 


14 W. H. 


DaUas, Tex, 


11 C. H. 


New York, N, Y. 


10 W. H. A. 


WiUiamstoum 


31 Hoxsey St. 


Philadelphia, Pa. 


22 M. H. 


Hempstead, N. Y. 


22 W. H. 


Hartford, Conn, 


21 F. H. 


West Orange, N, J, 


6C.H. 


DtUuth, Minn, 


13 M. H. 


Poughkeepsie, N, Y. 


4W.H. 


Madison, N, J, 


22 E. C. 


Lincoln, Nebr, 


10 W. C. 


Dorchester 


35 M. H. 


Bayside, L, I, 


26 M. H. 


JanesviUe, Wis, 


46 W. H. 


Stamford, Conn, 


9W.C. 


Poughkeepsie, N, Y, 


2C.H. 


Columbus, 0. 


26 M. H. 


Englewood, N. J, 


13 C. H. 


WashingUm, D, C. 


80 North St. 


Portland, Me, 


21 M. H. 


Garden CUy, L, I. 


2E.C. 


Brooklyn, N, Y, 


20 W. H. 


Brooklyn, N, Y, 


3C.H. 


Nahant 


14 E. C. 


Fair Haven, Vt, 


IE. C. 


AsheviUe, N, C, 


30W.H. 


LoweU 


16 E. C. 


Brooklyn, N, Y. 


3C.H. 



.213 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE IQS 

SUMMARY BY CLASSES 

Graduate Students 4 

Seniobs 123 

JUNIOBS 116 

Sophomores 131 

Fbeshbcdn 218 

Total 687 

SUMMARY BY STATES 

New York 205 

Massachusetts 126 

New Jersey 68 

Omo 30 

Pennsylvania 30 

CJoNNEcncuT 28 

Illinois 28 

Minnesota 8 

District op Columbia 6 

Vermont 6 

Maine 6 

Maryland .» 5 

Michigan 6 

Missouri 5 

Caupornia 4 

Indiana 4 

Wisconsin 4 

Texas 3 

Iowa ^ 2 

Nebraska 2 

New Hampshire 2 

North Carolina 2 

Alabama 1 

Colorado 1 

Delaware 1 

Florida 1 

Washington 1 

Japan : 2 

Canada 1 

England 1 

France 1 

Total 687 

Digitized by VjOOQIC 



Iti 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF NAMES 



Acheson, Edward Campion, Jr., Fr, 
Adams, Frank William, Fr. 
Adams, Hartwell Borden, Sr. 
Adrianoe, Bryan Tillinghast, Fr, 
Adriance, Francis Van Vranken, Fr. 
Adbiancb, John Sabin, Ledbwrer 
Agabd, Habbt Leslib, Assl. Prof, 
Aguilera, Francisco, Inst, 
Albert, John Nicholas, Jr, 
Allen, James Marshall, Jr, 
Allen, Samxtel Edwabd, Aasi, Prof, 
Allison, John Walter, Jr. 
AuLSOFf Mabel, Library Aaat, 
Anderson, John Nils, Jr. 
Anderson, Eeginald Estabrook, Soph, 
Anderson, Severn Andrew, Jr., Jr, 
Andb^asen, Rigmor J., 

Sec*y to the PreaiderU 
Angevine, Ernest Groesbeck, Jr, 
Anthony, Raymond, Jr. 
Archer, Warren Irving, Fr, 
Ayer, Edwin Goddard, Soph. 
Ayer, George Arthur, Soph. 

Bach, Allan Hamilton, Fr. 
Baker, George Francis, Jr., Sr, 
Baldwin, Alfred Gr^am, Fr. 
Balke, Frank Troutman, Fr. 
Ball, Lionel Eugene, Gr. 
Bancker, Edward Malcolm, Sr, 
Barker, Fahy Merrill, Soph, 
Barnes, Charles Montgomery, Jr, 
Barnes, Henry Lyman, Soph, 
Barnes, John Wilcox, Soph, 
Barton, Evan Mansfield, Soph, 
Barton, Malcolm Sterling, Soph, 
Baxter, Harland William, Jr, 
Baxter, John Thomas, Jr., Fr» 
Bayly, Russell Henry, Sr, 
Beal, James Lacey, Soph, 



Becket, Alan Lamplough, Sr, 
Beckwith, Charles Lake, Jr., Fr. 
Begg, George Ogston, Jr., Fr. 
Bell, James Washington, Asat. Prof, 
BeH, Wihnot Kennedy, Fr, 
Bennett, Geofifrey Rupert, Jr. 
Bennett, John Coleman, Soph. 
Bennett, Rulef Cornelius, Jr., Soph. 
Bent, Quinct, Trustee 
Bergen, Robert Ludlum, Fr. 
Bemhard, Arnold, Fr. 
Bianchi, Albert William, Sr. 
Bicknell, Warren, Jr., Fr. 
Bigelow, Paul Wheelock, Soph. 
Bilicke, Albert Constant, Soph. 
Bishop, Alan Francis, Soph. 
Bixby, Wingate, II, Jr. 
Blackburn, John Hall, Fr. 
Blackmer, Alan Rogers, Soph. 
Blake, Clifford Emory, Sr. 
Blake, Philip Randall, Sr. 
Bloedel, Lawrence Hotchkiss, Jr. 
Blomfield, Reginald Nelson, Soph. 
Boiler, Charles, Jr. 
Bonynge, Albert, Fr. 
BoTSFORD, E. Herbert, 

Alumni Sec'y 
Bourne, Richard Williams, Fr. 
Bowen, Richard Herkimer, Jr. 
Boynton, Charles Albert, Jr. 
Bozoian, Charles Bedros, Fr. 
Brandeis, Theodore Colescott, Jr., 

Sr. 
Brayton, Anthony, Fr. 
Brazier, Charles Goodwin, Jr., Fr, 
Bridges, Marvin Wilson, Soph, 
Brigham, Robert Bennett, Soph. 
Brigham, Storrs Taloott, Sr, 
Brinbmadb, Jambb Bbebee, 

A88t, Prof. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



l«i 



Britton, Kenneth PhiUipa, Jr, 
Brodhead, Alexander Leisenring, Jr., 

Ft. 
Brown, Arthur Voorhees, Jr., Ft. 
Brown, David, Fr. 
Brown, Gordon, Fr, 
Brown, Hebbebt Jenkins, Trustee 
Brown, Hubert Cunningham, Fr. 
Brown, John Edwin, Jr., Fr, 
Brown, Paul, Sr, 
Brown, Sterling Allen, Sr, 
Brownell, Abbott Francis, Fr. 
Browning, Franklin Snow, Fr, 
Brune, Herbert Maxwell, Jr., Sr, 
Buck, Lanphear, Soph, 
Buck, Robert Treat, Soph, 
Buckner, John Jay, Jr. 
Buckner, Lewis Probasco, Soph, 
Buell, TVescott Avery, Sr, 
BuFPiNTON, Arthur Howland, 

A8st Prof. 
Bumsted, Joseph Howard, Sr. 
Burger, William Chapman, Sr. 
Burke, Joseph Edward, Jr. 
Bumham, Daniel Blodgett, Jr., Sr. 
Byers, John Crawford, Jr. 

Calvacca, Emil Joseph, Soph. 
Cameron, Freeland Ray, Fr. 
Cameron, John Lawson, Sr. 
Camp, Gregory Nott, Sr. 
Campbell, Bruce Nelson, Jr, 
Campbell, George Kendall, Fr. 
Campbell, Morgan Seaman, Jr. 
Canby, William Marriott, 3d, Soph. 
Carleton, Edward Jewett, Soph. 
Carleton, Horace Hilne, Soph, 
Carr, Frank Benjamin, Jr, 
Carr, William Dixon, Soph, 
Carter, Lyndall Frederic, Soph. 
Cary, Harold Whiting, Fr. 
Castle, Newton Brown, Sr. 
Chamberlin, William Macy, Jr. 



Chandler, Clarence Stedman, Fr, 
Chapin, Alfred Clark, Trustee 
Chapin, Alfred Hasting?, Jr., Jr. 
Chapman, Alexander Hamilton, Sr. 
Chapman, Edwin Nesbitt, Jr., Jr. 
Chase, Cornelius Thurston, Jr., Soph. 
Chatman, Joseph Titcomb, Soph. 
Clark, David Taggart, Asst. Prof. 
Clark, Hovey Charles, Fr. 
Clark, Russell Crosby, Jr, 
Clark, Waiter Houston, Fr, 
Clark, Warren Cook, Sr, 
Clarke, Samxtel Fessenden, 

Prof, Emer, 
Clarkson, Arthur Alexander, Fr, 
Clason, Richard, Soph, 
Cleland, Herdman Fitsqerald, 

Prof. 
Clinton, DeWitt, Fr, 
Cluett, John I^armenter, Fr, 
Cobb, Clement Biddle Penrose, Sr, 
Coe, Howard Emerson, Fr, 
Cole, Henry Schuyler, Soph, 
Coleman, Sheldon Townsend, Sr. 
Coleman, Townsend Putnam, Fr. 
Coleman, Walter Donald, Sr. 
Collins, Alan Copeland, Jr. 
Conmions, William Walter, Fr. 
Comstock, Henry Walker, Fr. 
Conklin, William Eaton, Fr. 
Cook, Harold Huntting, Fr. 
Cook, William Bolton, Fr, 
Copeland, Lewis Covell, Soph. 
Cornwall, John, Jr. 
Corsa, John Thomas, Fr, 
Count, Earl Wendel, Sr. 
Cowing, Rufus Billings, III, Fr. 
Craig, David Norman, Sr. 
Cranford, Duncan, Fr, 
Crawford, Henry James, Fr, 
Crosby, James Edgerton, Soph, 
Crosby, Wilson Shepard, Jr. 
Cru, Albert Louis, Inst, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



166 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Cbu, Jkan NoBTONy Assi. Prof. 
Cruse, DoiuJd, 8r. 
Gushing, Joseph, Soph. 
Cutler, Robert Fellows, Fr. 

Dana, Arthur Dwight, Jr., Fr. 
Davis, George Perrin, Sr. 
Davis, Lewis Henry, Fr. 
Davis, Richard Heaston, Fr. 
Davis, Waters Smith, Jr., Sr. 
Davis, William Allison, Soph. 
DsFEBaABi, Habbt Austin, Inst. 
Degener, George Ludwig, Jr., Fr. 
Dewey, Daniel, Sr. 
Dewet, Francis Hbnbhaw, Trustee 
Dewey, George Tufts, Jr., Sr. 
Dbwbt, Harrt Pinned, Trustee 
DicKERMAN, Shebwood Owen, Prof. 
Dickey, Harrison Gaslin, Jr., Fr. 
Dickinson, Edwards Haven, Sr. 
Dillingham, Winthrop Bulkley, Sr. 
Dodds, Harold Henning, Fr. 
Dodge, Linsley Villars, Soph. 
Doherty, Randolph, Sr. 
Doughty, WiLMAM Howard, jR.,Pro/. 
Dow, John Augustus, Fr. 
Dowd, Roger Lamkin, Jr. 
Dowling, John Edwin, Fr. 
Dribben, Irving Speiser, Soph. 
Drisooll, Alfred Eastlack, Fr. 
Droppers, Garrett, Prof. 
Drury, Winthrop Stuart, Soph. 
Dugan, Kenneth James, Fr. 
Dunham, James Harris, Jr., Fr. 
Dunlop, Robert James, Fr. 
Dunn, Malcolm, Jr. 
Durfee, John Rorbach, Jr. 
DuTTON, George Burwbll, Prof. 

Eaton, Vernet Eller, Inst. 
Eaton, Frederick Heber, Sr. 
Edson, Stuart Franklin, Sr. 
Ehlers, Henry, Jr., Fr. 



Elliman, James Franklin, Sr. 
Elliot, Chapman Gardiner, Sr. 
Elliott, Maxwell Hall, Jr., Fr. 
Etheridge, Hugh Pierrepont, Soph. 
Evans, Robert Trogway, Fr. 
Evarts, Daniel Ed^ur, Jr., Jr. 
Evens, Margaret, Stenoffrapher 
Ewing, Hampton Denman, Jr., Sr. 

Fasoe,Egiyictor,/r. 
Fairfax, lAurenoe Washington, Fr. 
Fargo, Edward Albert, Jr., Sr. 
Famsworth, Robert Pratt, Fr. 
Fawcett, Benjamin Thompson, Fr. 
Fay, Russell Link, Fr. 
Feeley, Le Grand Durby, Sr. 
Fenner, Charles Moon, Soph. 
Field, Francis Eugene, Sr. 
Fincke, Allen Whitman, Soph. 
Fischer, Coverly, Fr. 
Fisher, Harris Baldwin, Jr., Fr. 
Fiske, John Francis, Fr. 
Fitchen, Paul Russell, Jr. 
Fitzpatrick, Francis Joseph, Fr. 
Fleming, Peter Baldwin, Sr. 
Fletcher, Leroy Percy, Jr., Fr. 
Floyd, Robert, Fr. 
Foster, Andrew Jackson, Jr., Soph. 
Francis, Lewis Witherbee, Jr., Fr. 
Francis, Seaver Page, Jr. 
Freeman, Chester Burrows, Fr. 
Frost, Frederick Albert, Fr. 
FuLLE, Frederick William, Jr., Asst. 
Fuller, Samuel Lester, Jr., Soph. 

Galbraith, John Sayward, 

Asst. Prof. 
Gale, Harold William, Soph, 
Gallaudet, John Beury, Fr. 
Gardiner, William Arthur, Sr. 
Garfield, Edward Williams, Sr. 
Garfield, Harrt Augustus, Pres. 
Geddes, Lascelles Alexander, Soph. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



167 



Gebr, Danfobth, Trufstee 
Georges, Ange, /r. 
Gladding, Walter Marenus, Jr., Fr. 
Gobeille, Ernest Philip, /r. 
Golding, Charles Paget, Fr. 
Goodrich, Frank, Prof, 
Gordon, Robert, Jr., Fr, 
Graves, George Millard, Fr. 
Graves, Harmon Sheldon, Jr., Soph, 
Greeff, Herbert Bernard, Jr. 
Greene, Lancaster Myron, Jr. 
Greene, Norvin RulifFson, S(yph. 
Greer, Bertrand Calvert, Soph. 
Greer, Henry Kirk, Sr. 
Gregory, Fnink Gilbert, Jr., Fr. 
Griffin, Solomon Bitlklet, Trustee 
Grout, Marshall, Sr. 
Gulick, James Benedict, Fr. 
Gummey, Charles Henry, Jr., Sr. 
Gummey, Frank Bird, Fr. 

Haggerty, Cecil Jerome, Jr. 
Hahlo, Robert Herman, Sr. 
Hall, Nichols, Fr. 
Hamilton, George Johnson, Jr. 
Hamilton, Henry Haman, Fr. 
Harder, Charles Nicholas, Sr. 
Harding, Clark Bassett, Fr. 
Harding, Russell Parker, Soph. 
Hardt, James Graham, Prof. 
Harrigan, Warren Eaton, Fr. 
Hart, Le Roy Southworth, Sr. 
Hart, Wiluam Cook, AsbU Treas. 
Hastings, William Washington, Sr. 
Haviland, Roger Brush, Fr. 
Hawkins, Laurence Kellogg, Fr. 
Healy, Allan, Soph. 
Helfrich, Karl Hoffman, Soph. 
Hemphill, Meredeth, Jr. 
Herbert, James Harold, Fr. 
Herron, Truman Aldrich, Soph. 
Hewitt, Theodore Brown, 

A8si. Prof. 



Heywood, Richard, Fr. 
Hibbard, Charles Lovejoy, Jr., Fr. 
Hilton, John Garland, Jr. 
Hinton, Charles West, Fr. 
Hinton, Longstreet, Jr. 
Hiss, James Ludlow, Jr. 
Hitz, John Barnard, Soph. 
Hoar, Carl Sherman, Aaat. Prof. 
Hodgman, Daniel Holmes, Fr. 
Hoffman, Eugene Augustus, Soph. 
Hoffman, Richard Sanf ord, Jr. 
HoLDEN, Hale, Tntatee 
Holmes, Edwin, Jr., Soph. 
Holt, Donald Rumsey, Fr. 
Hopkins, James Scribner, Fr. 
Hopkins, Stephen Woolsey, Jr. 
Horwill, William Edgar, Fr. 
Howard, Edgerton McClellan, Fr. 
Howard, Frederic Holus, Prof. 
Howes, George Edwin, 

Dean and Prof. 
HoYT, WiLLARD EvANS, Treos. 
Hoyt, Wiilard Evans, Jr., Jr. 
Hubbard, Clifford Cheslbt, Inst. 
Huckel, Oliver Wentworth, Fr. 
Huckel, William, Sr. 
Hull, Charles Amory, Soph. 
Humes, Jo Allison, Sr. 
Humes, Samuel Hamilton, Jr. 
Humphrey, George Fundenburg, Fr. 
Humphreys, Otho Fairfield, Jr., Sr. 
Hunter, James Gilbraith, Soph. 
Hurley, George Albert, Soph. 
Hyatt, Paul Whitney, Fr. 
Hyde, Douglas Anderson, Sr. 

Ide, Herbert Savage, Jr., Fr. 
Lrwin, Louis Sherwood, Sr. 
Ishida, Edward Nobuo, Jr. 
Ivory, Robert Black, Jr., Fr. 

Jameson, John Alexander, Jr., Fr. 
Jarrett, Charles Blystone, Sr. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



168 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Jayne, Floyd Egbert, Soph. 
Jeffrey, Robert Eilboume, Fr. 
Jennings, Arthur Osborne, 8r. 
J1I4LBON, £u9A Pbb Lbb, 

Library Aast. 

JOHNBON, CaBL WiLHELM, 

Asst, Dean and Aaat Prof, 
Johnson, Edward Whitney, Sr. 
Johnson, Harold Stowell, Fr, 
Johnson, Lester Erwin, Soph, 
Johnston, Alexander Henry, Fr, 
Jones, Carter Fessenden, Soph, 
Jones, Cyrus Houston, Jr., Fr, 
Jones, Richard Hoster, Fr, 
Jones, Sherman Armstrong, Jr, 

Karagheusian, Charles Archag, Fr. 
Keck, Andrew Saeger, Soph, 
Keen, Stuart Craig, Jr, 
Keep, Oliver Davis, Fr. 
Kellers, Charles Frederick, Sr, 
Kellogg, Baucus Cronkhite, Sr. 
Kellogg, Jabcbs Lawrence, Prof. 
Kellogg, Joseph Augustus, Jr., Soph, 
Kerr, Lewis Sayre, Jr., Soph, 
Kilmer, Clarence Broughton, Jr., Sr. 
Kimball, Rodney Alan, Soph, 
Kincaid, Joseph Henry, Soph. 
King, Charles Gregory, 3d, Fr, 
King, John Fitch, Asst. Prof, 
Klapproth, John Madison, Soph, 
Kniffin, John Peak, Fr, 
Krause, Finley Bailey, Fr. 
Krichbaum, Philip Eckel, Jr., Fr. 

Lacey, John Lyman, Fr. 
Langmuir, John Dean, Jr, 
Lapham, Beverley Hastings, Fr. 
Larkin, James Crate, Jr. 
Lawder, Henry Miller, Jr, 
Lawder, Hervey Crampton, Jr. 
Lawes, James Waltham, Jr., Jr. 
Learned, John, Sr, 



Leete, Alexander Payne, Fr, 
LEFATOiTBy Hbnbt, Trwtee 
Lefevre, Edwin, Jr., Fr, 
Lewis, Richmond, Sr. 

LlCKUDEB, AliBBBT HaBP, Prof. 

Lindsay, Charles Rogers, III, Fr. 
Livingston, John Holyoke, Fr. 
Livingston, Tracy Kingsbioy, Jr, 
Llotb, Merton Ruth, Library Asst. 
Lockner, Charles Emory, Fr. 
Lockwood, John Edwards, Fr. 
Loizeaux, Joshua Harold, Sr. 
Long, Obie William, Asst, Prof. 
Longstreet, Gilbert Wendel, Fr. 
Low, Frank Mathias, Jr., Jr, 
Lowes, Marvin McCord, Fr. 
Ludeman, Richard Houston, Fr. 
Luedeke, William Paul, Jr., Sr. 
Lugsdin, Leslie Parry, Fr, 
Lukens, Charles, Fr, 
Lum, Richard, Soph. 
Lunt, Denham Colby, Jr. 
Lyles, Everett Eddy, Jr. 
Lyon, Hiram William, Sr, 

McAneny, Herbert, Jr, 
MacCabthy, Gerald Raleigh, 

Asst. 
McConnell, Philip Swain, Fr, 
McCurdy, Gordon Wallace, Jr. 
MacDonald, Henry Arthur, Soph. 
McElfresh, William Edward, 

Prof. 
McGrath, Robert Hargitt, Soph. 
McKean, Jack Becker, Soph, 
McKelvy, John Erastus, Soph, 
Mackie, John Milton, Soph, 
McLane, Robert Ellsworth, Fr, 
McLaren, Walter Wallace, Prof, 
McLaury, Daniel Herbert, Jr., Fr. 
McLean, Edward Cochrane, Soph, 
McLoud, William Roeder, Sr, 
MacMaster, Donald Stewart, Fr, 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



160 



MoMaster, Malcolm Campbell, Soph, 
MacMorran, Henry Gordon, Fr. 
MacMillan, Norman Stuart, Soph. 
MacNair, Everett Wilmer, Sr. 
Mains, John Thomas, Fr. 
Makepeace, Russell, Fr. 
Mallon, Horace Taf t, Jr. 
March, Charles Lucas, Fr. 
Marshall, Harry Boyd, Fr, 
Mauck, Frederico f^nco, Fr. 
Mason, George Allen, Jr., Soph. 
Maxgy, Cabboll Lewis, Prof. 
Maxwell, Charles Edward, Jr. 
Mears, Bbainebd, Prof. 
Mellen, Amory, Sr. 
Mellen, Raymond, Jr. 
Mendes, John Dingee, Sr. 
Merriam, Adelbert Lewis, Sr. 
Mebbiam, Edith Maboiterite, 

Stenographer 
Merrill, Ernest, Soph. 
Merryweather, John, Soph. 
MiLHAM, WiLUB Ibbisteb, Prof. 
Miller, Donald Bedell, Jr. 
MiUer, Creighton Sibley, Soph. 
Mills, Fbanklin Hubbell, Trmtee 
Mitchell, Robert Baird, Fr. 
Moak, Walter Perry, Soph. 
Monjo, Edward Rogers, Jr. 
Montgomery. Harry Mortimer, Jr., 

Sr. 
Montgomery, John Rogerson, Jr., Sr. 
Moody, Ernest Addison, Soph. 
Moore, Howard Kenneth, Fr. 
Morgan, Lewis Whittaker, Fr. 
Motter, Charles Schroyer, Fr. 
Morse, Stewart Wells, Jr. 
MoBTON, Asa Henbt, Prof. 
Mosher, Alfred Clarke, Jr. 
Muckenhoupt, Carl Frederick, Sr. 
MniB, Lilian Mat, Stenographer 
Munro, Burton Stevenson, Fr. 
Murphy, Donald, Fr. 



Murray, Robert Terence, Fr. 

Nebolsine, George, Soph. 
Neilson, Wallace Piatt, Fr. 
Nethebwood, Emma Louisb, 

Stenographer 
Newbegin, Henry Webster, Fr. 
Newhard, Grove Frederic, Jr., Fr. 
Newton, Edgar Biu-ton, Fr. 
Newton, Kent Harwood, Jr. 
Nicklas, Ernst Ludwig Friedrich, Jr. 
Nicholls, Herbert Conant, Fr. 
Niver, Theodore Adelbert Davis, 

Soph. 
North, Edgerton Grant, Sr. 
Northrup, John Biur, Sr. 
Norton, John Russell, Fr. 
NoTT, Elizabeth, Library Asst. 

O'Brien, Donal Clare, Soph. 
O'Brien, Leonard Francis, Soph. 
Olcott, Douglas Worth, Soph. 
Olin, Milo Hoyt, Soph. 
Olmsted, Alanson Weller, Jr. 
Olmsted, George, Jr., Soph. 
Ohnsted, William Flagg, Sr. 
Onthank, Pierce, Fr. 
Osborne, John Stuart, Fr. 
OsBOBNE, LucT EuoENiA, Caiologuer 
Ostrander, George Nelson, Sr. 
Owen, Frank James, Jr. 
Owen, Kenneth Angle, Fr. 

Packard, Karl Wilhehn, Fr. 
Page, Leroy Albert, III, Fr. 
Parker, Courtlandt Budd, Jr. 
Parker, Edward Carroll, Fr. 
Parker, Horace Shepard, Soph. 
Parker, Whitmore, Fr. 
Parkhill, Wilson, Fr. 
Partington, William Moore, Jr. 
Pattison, Eric Howard, Sr. 
Pattison, Kenneth Bushnell, Soph. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



170 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



Peabody, Avery Sherburne, Fr, 
Pearson, Alfred Kittredge, Fr, 
Pease, Herbert Russell, Sr. 
Pease, Walter Franklin, Soph, 
Peckham, Sherwood Townsend, Jr, 
Perkins, George Fitch, Jr., Fr, 
Perkins, Haven Palmer, Jr, 
Perkins, James Munro, Jr., Soph. 
Pbbrt, Bubs, Trustee 
Perry, Charles Weaver, Fr, 
Phelps, Phelps, Sr, 
Phillips, Francis William, Fr, 
Phillips, Philip, Sr. 
Phillips, Spencer, Sr. 
Pickard, Henry Austin, Fr. 
Piper, James, Jr., Fr. 
Piatt, Sherwood Kellogg, Fr. 
Plant, Richard Lawrence, Sr. 
Plumley, Harold Ladd, Fr. 
Poel, Harold Eugene, Soph. 
Post, Robert Whinyates, Fr. 
Powell, Robert Wahrath, Soph. 
Pratt, Jameb Bissett, Prof, 
Prescott, Henry Sherwin, Sr. 
Prescott, James Sherwin, Fr. 
Prescott, William Howard, Jr., Sr. 
Pressprich, Reginald William, Jr., 

Soph. 
Preston, Roger, Sr. 
Price, Christine, Librarian in Charge 
Prime, Ralph Earl, III, Sr, 
Pring, Kenneth Frederick, Sr. 
Pring, Raymond Arthur, Soph. 
Proctor, Carl William, Jr. 
Proctor, Thomas Hates, Aast.'Prof. 

Quaintance, William Bentley, Jr., Jr, 

Rankin, Matthew, Jr. 

Redfield, Hosmer Parmelee, Jr., Soph, 

Reed, William Creighton, Fr, 

Reid, John Allen, Jr, 

Repp, Robert Myers, Jr., Soph, 



Resor, Joseph Thorns, Jr, 
Rice, John Pierbbpont, Asst. Prof. 
Rice, Richard Austin, Prof, Enter, 
Richardson, Edgar Preston, Fr, 
Richardson, William Rittenhouse, Sr. 
Richmond, Charles Stewart, Jr. 
Richmond, Wallace Everett, Jr., Jr, 
Robinson, James Buckalew, Soph. 
Romaine, Lawrence Bond, Soph. 
Rose, Douglas Hall, II, Sr. 
Rosenwald, Edward John, Sr. 
Roimds, George Irving, Jr. 
Rounds, Harry Macdonald, Jr. 
Rowse, Richard Edson, Sr. 
Rubino, Robert, Sr. 
Rudnick, Philip, Soph. 
Rudolph, Franklin Dohn, Fr, 
Ruether, Richard August, Jr. 
Russell, Thomas Macdonough, Jr., 

Soph. 
Ruston, Monteath, Fr. 

Sabin, Charles Hamilton, Jr., Fr. 
Salter, Sumner, Director of Music 
Sanford, Milton Davis, Soph. 
Saimders, David Leslie, Soph. 
Sayen, Harrison Kimball, Sr. 
Sayre, Josiah Lombard, Soph. 
Schauffler, Harry Klock, Sr, 
Schelling, Clinton Wolff, Sr, 
Schenck, Theodore Ma3mard, Jr, 
Schmidt, Bruno Moritz, Sr, 
Schmidt, John Grimes, Fr. 
Schmidt, Walter Friedrich, Fr. 
Schoentgen, John Pratt, Fr. 
Schoonmaker, John, Soph, 
Scott, James Bradley, Jr., Soph, 
Scott, Ralph Winfield, Jr. 
Seaman, Edward Rees, Sr. 
Secor, George Barnes, Sr, 
Sbelet, Charles Frederick, 

Director of Gymnasium 
Seibert, Charles Alexander, Fr, 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



175 



Examinations 

for admission 52 

PreUminary 55 

Semi-annual 62 

forM.A Ill 

Schedule for Final 69 

Exhibit of Freshman studies 64 

Exhibit of Divisions and 

Groups 66 

Expenses 132 

Tuition 132 

Room charges 132 

Fees 133 

FACDi/rr, List of 11 

Committees 17 

Fees 133 

Field Sports 117 

French, Courses in 76 

for admission 38 

Freshman Class, List of 158 

Exhibit of Studies 64 

Geology, Courses in 100 

Museum 116 

German, Courses in 78 

for admission 40 

Government, Courses in 89 

Grades 62 

Graduate Students 

Candidates in residence 147 

Requirements 108 

Graduation 

Li three years 59 

Requirements for 62 

Greek, Courses in 71 

for admission 41 

Greek Fellowship 126 

Group System 60 

Groups 

Exhibit of 66 

of hours 63 

Special Requirements with- 
in Major 65 



Gymnasium . 



PAQS 

117 



Historical Sketch op Col- 
lege 19 

History, Courses in 85 

for admission 42 

Honor System 107 

Honors 119 

awarded at Commence- 
ment, 1921 143 

Hygiene, Courses in 104 

Infirmary 118 

Itauan, Courses in 77 

Junior Class, List of 151 

Laboratories 114 

Laboratory Fees 133 

Latin, Courses in 74 

for admission 47 

Library 113 

Map Frontispiece 

Mathematics, Courses in. . . 95 

for admission 48 

Museum, Geological 116 



Observatories .... 
Officers 

of Administration . 

of Listruction .... 

Alumni 



115 

15 
11 
10 



Phi Beta Kappa 119 

Philosophy, Coiu-ses in 91 

Physical Training 106 

Physiology, Courses in 104 

Physics, Courses in 97 

Laboratory 114 

Political Science, Courses in 89 

Preachers to the College . . . 112 

Preliminary Examinations 55 

Presidents, List of 7 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



176 



WILLIAMS COLLEGE 



PAOB 

Prizes 120 

Adriance 124 

Benedict 120 

Brooks Medal 127 

Canby Athletic Scholarship 124 

Cbnant-Harrington 124 

Conger 127 

Dewey 122 

Graves 121 

Greek 124 

Lathers 122 

Prince 127 

Rawle Memorial Cup 125 

Rhetorical 120 

Rice 121 

Rice (Book) 121 

Rockwood 126 

Scholarship Cup. 125 

Turner 126 

VanVechten 121 

David A. Wells 123 

Awarded at Commence- 
ment, 1921 139 

Psychology, Courses in 91 

Public Speaking, Course in 85 

Records and Reports 108 

Registration 107 



Religion, Courses in 92 

Religioxtb Exercises 112 

Rooms, College 134 

Scholarships, list of f imds . . 129 

Basis of award 128 

Holders, list of 137 

Horace F. Clark prize 125 

Honor 128 

Stetson 131 

Senior Class, List of 148 

Sophomore Class, List of . . . 154 

Spanish, Courses in 77 

for admission 50 

Students, by Classes 148 

Candidates for M.A 147 

Summary by Classes 163 

Summary by Sta^ 163 

Studies, Tabular Exhibit of. 66 

Exhibit of Freshman 64 

Thompson Course of Enter- 
tainments 118 

Trustees, List of . 8 

Committees 9 

Tuition 132 

Williams Inn 136 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC